1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2    Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3    2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 
5    This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
6 
7    GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10    any later version.
11 
12    GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
15    GNU General Public License for more details.
16 
17    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18    along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
19    Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
20    02110-1301, USA.  */
21 
22 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
23    at the University of Utah.  */
24 
25 #include <stdio.h>
26 
27 #include "as.h"
28 #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 #include "subsegs.h"
30 
31 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
32 
33 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*.  */
34 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
35 
36 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
37 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
38 #endif
39 
40 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
41    records.  Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
42    then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers.  */
43 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
44 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
45 
46 /* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do
47    not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c.  */
48 
49 /* Object file formats specify relocation types.  */
50 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
51 
52 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types.  */
53 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
54 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
55   (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
56 
57 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
58 /* How to generate a relocation.  */
59 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
60 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type
61 #else
62 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
63 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type
64 #endif
65 
66 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
67    to store a copyright string.  */
68 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
69 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
70 
71 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
72 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
73 
74 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
75 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces.  */
76 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
77 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
78 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
79 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
80 
81 /* Object file formats specify relocation types.  */
82 typedef int reloc_type;
83 
84 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string.  */
85 #define obj_version obj_som_version
86 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
87 
88 /* How to generate a relocation.  */
89 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
90 
91 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types.  */
92 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
93 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
94   (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
95 
96 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h.  */
97 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
98 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
99 #endif
100 
101 #ifndef R_N0SEL
102 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
103 #endif
104 
105 #ifndef R_N1SEL
106 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
107 #endif
108 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
109 
110 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
111 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
112 #else
113 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
114 #endif
115 
116 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c.  */
117 
118 /* Unwind table and descriptor.  FIXME: Sync this with GDB version.  */
119 
120 struct unwind_desc
121   {
122     unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
123     unsigned int millicode:1;
124     unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
125     unsigned int region_desc:2;
126     unsigned int save_sr:2;
127     unsigned int entry_fr:4;
128     unsigned int entry_gr:5;
129     unsigned int args_stored:1;
130     unsigned int call_fr:5;
131     unsigned int call_gr:5;
132     unsigned int save_sp:1;
133     unsigned int save_rp:1;
134     unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
135     unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
136     unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
137 
138     unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
139     unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
140     unsigned int reserved:3;
141     unsigned int frame_size:27;
142   };
143 
144 /* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
145    place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
146    object files.  */
147 #define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
148   (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31)		\
149    | ((U)->millicode << 30)		\
150    | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29)	\
151    | ((U)->region_desc << 27)		\
152    | ((U)->save_sr << 25)		\
153    | ((U)->entry_fr << 21)		\
154    | ((U)->entry_gr << 16)		\
155    | ((U)->args_stored << 15)		\
156    | ((U)->call_fr << 10)		\
157    | ((U)->call_gr << 5)		\
158    | ((U)->save_sp << 4)		\
159    | ((U)->save_rp << 3)		\
160    | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2)	\
161    | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1)	\
162    | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
163 
164 #define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
165   (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31)	\
166    | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30)	\
167    | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
168 
169 struct unwind_table
170   {
171     /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
172        descriptor.  */
173     unsigned int start_offset;
174     unsigned int end_offset;
175     struct unwind_desc descriptor;
176   };
177 
178 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
179    control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
180    creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
181 
182    NOTE:  GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
183    prologues and epilogues.  FIXME.
184 
185    The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
186    .callinfo pseudo-op.  */
187 
188 struct call_info
189   {
190     /* The unwind descriptor being built.  */
191     struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
192 
193     /* Name of this function.  */
194     symbolS *start_symbol;
195 
196     /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function.  */
197     symbolS *end_symbol;
198 
199     /* Next entry in the chain.  */
200     struct call_info *ci_next;
201   };
202 
203 /* Operand formats for FP instructions.   Note not all FP instructions
204    allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
205    SGL and DBL).  */
206 typedef enum
207   {
208     SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
209   }
210 fp_operand_format;
211 
212 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
213    an EXPORT or IMPORT directive.  Only SOM uses this formation
214    (ELF has no need for it).  */
215 typedef enum
216   {
217     SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
218     SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
219     SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
220     SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
221     SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
222     SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
223     SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
224     SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
225     SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
226   }
227 pa_symbol_type;
228 
229 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
230    individual instructions.  */
231 struct pa_it
232   {
233     /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip.  */
234     unsigned long opcode;
235 
236     /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction.  */
237     expressionS exp;
238 
239     /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing.  */
240     int pcrel;
241 
242     /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2.  */
243     fp_operand_format fpof1;
244     fp_operand_format fpof2;
245 
246     /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn.  */
247     int trunc;
248 
249     /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
250        (for example L%, LR%, etc).  */
251     long field_selector;
252 
253     /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
254        instruction.  (instruction should be some sort of call).  */
255     unsigned int arg_reloc;
256 
257     /* The format specification for this instruction.  */
258     int format;
259 
260     /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction.  */
261     reloc_type reloc;
262   };
263 
264 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
265 
266    +--------------+--------------+
267    |   0 or 16L   |  16 or 16R   |
268    +--------------+--------------+
269    |   1 or 17L   |  17 or 17R   |
270    +--------------+--------------+
271    |              |              |
272 
273    .              .              .
274    .              .              .
275    .              .              .
276 
277    |              |              |
278    +--------------+--------------+
279    |  14 or 30L   |  30 or 30R   |
280    +--------------+--------------+
281    |  15 or 31L   |  31 or 31R   |
282    +--------------+--------------+  */
283 
284 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs.  */
285 struct call_desc
286   {
287     /* The argument relocation specification.  */
288     unsigned int arg_reloc;
289 
290     /* Number of arguments.  */
291     unsigned int arg_count;
292   };
293 
294 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
295 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
296    chain.  */
297 
298 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
299   {
300     /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code.  */
301     unsigned int ssd_defined;
302 
303     /* Name of this subspace.  */
304     char *ssd_name;
305 
306     /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace.  */
307     asection *ssd_seg;
308     int ssd_subseg;
309 
310     /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain.  */
311     struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
312   };
313 
314 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
315 
316 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
317    chain.  */
318 
319 struct space_dictionary_chain
320   {
321     /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
322        as a default space.  */
323     unsigned int sd_defined;
324 
325     /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code.  */
326     unsigned int sd_user_defined;
327 
328     /* The space number (or index).  */
329     unsigned int sd_spnum;
330 
331     /* The name of this subspace.  */
332     char *sd_name;
333 
334     /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds.  */
335     asection *sd_seg;
336 
337     /* Current subsegment number being used.  */
338     int sd_last_subseg;
339 
340     /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space.  */
341     ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
342 
343     /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain.  */
344     struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
345   };
346 
347 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
348 
349 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
350    dictionary entries.  */
351 
352 struct default_subspace_dict
353   {
354     /* Name of the subspace.  */
355     char *name;
356 
357     /* FIXME.  Is this still needed?  */
358     char defined;
359 
360     /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable.  */
361     char loadable;
362 
363     /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code.  */
364     char code_only;
365 
366     /* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace.  */
367     char comdat;
368 
369     /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace.  */
370     char common;
371 
372     /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
373        to be multiply defined.  */
374     char dup_common;
375 
376     /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled.  */
377     char zero;
378 
379     /* Sort key for this subspace.  */
380     unsigned char sort;
381 
382     /* Access control bits for this subspace.  Can represent RWX access
383        as well as privilege level changes for gateways.  */
384     int access;
385 
386     /* Index of containing space.  */
387     int space_index;
388 
389     /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace.  */
390     int alignment;
391 
392     /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded.  */
393     int quadrant;
394 
395     /* An index into the default spaces array.  */
396     int def_space_index;
397 
398     /* Subsegment associated with this subspace.  */
399     subsegT subsegment;
400   };
401 
402 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
403    dictionary entries.  */
404 
405 struct default_space_dict
406   {
407     /* Name of the space.  */
408     char *name;
409 
410     /* Space number.  It is possible to identify spaces within
411        assembly code numerically!  */
412     int spnum;
413 
414     /* Nonzero if this space is loadable.  */
415     char loadable;
416 
417     /* Nonzero if this space is "defined".  FIXME is still needed */
418     char defined;
419 
420     /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared.  */
421     char private;
422 
423     /* Sort key for this space.  */
424     unsigned char sort;
425 
426     /* Segment associated with this space.  */
427     asection *segment;
428   };
429 #endif
430 
431 /* Structure for previous label tracking.  Needed so that alignments,
432    callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
433    label.  */
434 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
435   {
436     struct symbol *lss_label;
437 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
438     sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
439 #endif
440 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
441     segT lss_segment;
442 #endif
443     struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
444   }
445 label_symbol_struct;
446 
447 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA.  */
448 struct hppa_fix_struct
449   {
450     /* The field selector.  */
451     enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
452 
453     /* Type of fixup.  */
454     int fx_r_type;
455 
456     /* Format of fixup.  */
457     int fx_r_format;
458 
459     /* Argument relocation bits.  */
460     unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
461 
462     /* The segment this fixup appears in.  */
463     segT segment;
464   };
465 
466 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers.  */
467 
468 struct pd_reg
469   {
470     char *name;
471     int value;
472   };
473 
474 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
475    to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction.  */
476 struct fp_cond_map
477   {
478     char *string;
479     int cond;
480   };
481 
482 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
483    string to a field selector type.  */
484 struct selector_entry
485   {
486     char *prefix;
487     int field_selector;
488   };
489 
490 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c.  */
491 
492 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
493 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace PARAMS ((void));
494 #endif
495 
496 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
497 static void pa_text PARAMS ((int));
498 static void pa_data PARAMS ((int));
499 static void pa_comm PARAMS ((int));
500 #endif
501 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_format PARAMS ((char **s));
502 static void pa_cons PARAMS ((int));
503 static void pa_float_cons PARAMS ((int));
504 static void pa_fill PARAMS ((int));
505 static void pa_lcomm PARAMS ((int));
506 static void pa_lsym PARAMS ((int));
507 static void pa_stringer PARAMS ((int));
508 static void pa_version PARAMS ((int));
509 static int pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond PARAMS ((char **));
510 static int get_expression PARAMS ((char *));
511 static int pa_get_absolute_expression PARAMS ((struct pa_it *, char **));
512 static int evaluate_absolute PARAMS ((struct pa_it *));
513 static unsigned int pa_build_arg_reloc PARAMS ((char *));
514 static unsigned int pa_align_arg_reloc PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int));
515 static int pa_parse_nullif PARAMS ((char **));
516 static int pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
517 static int pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
518 static int pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
519 static int pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
520 static int pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
521 static int pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
522 static int pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
523 static void pa_block PARAMS ((int));
524 static void pa_brtab PARAMS ((int));
525 static void pa_try PARAMS ((int));
526 static void pa_call PARAMS ((int));
527 static void pa_call_args PARAMS ((struct call_desc *));
528 static void pa_callinfo PARAMS ((int));
529 static void pa_copyright PARAMS ((int));
530 static void pa_end PARAMS ((int));
531 static void pa_enter PARAMS ((int));
532 static void pa_entry PARAMS ((int));
533 static void pa_equ PARAMS ((int));
534 static void pa_exit PARAMS ((int));
535 static void pa_export PARAMS ((int));
536 static void pa_type_args PARAMS ((symbolS *, int));
537 static void pa_import PARAMS ((int));
538 static void pa_label PARAMS ((int));
539 static void pa_leave PARAMS ((int));
540 static void pa_level PARAMS ((int));
541 static void pa_origin PARAMS ((int));
542 static void pa_proc PARAMS ((int));
543 static void pa_procend PARAMS ((int));
544 static void pa_param PARAMS ((int));
545 static void pa_undefine_label PARAMS ((void));
546 static int need_pa11_opcode PARAMS ((void));
547 static int pa_parse_number PARAMS ((char **, int));
548 static label_symbol_struct *pa_get_label PARAMS ((void));
549 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
550 static int exact_log2 PARAMS ((int));
551 static void pa_compiler PARAMS ((int));
552 static void pa_align PARAMS ((int));
553 static void pa_space PARAMS ((int));
554 static void pa_spnum PARAMS ((int));
555 static void pa_subspace PARAMS ((int));
556 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space PARAMS ((char *, int, int,
557 						  int, int, int,
558 						  asection *, int));
559 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
560 						      char *, int, int,
561 						      int, int, int, int,
562 						      int, int, int, int,
563 						      int, asection *));
564 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
565 						  char *, int, int, int,
566 						  int, int, int, int,
567 						  int, int, int, int,
568 						  asection *));
569 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space PARAMS ((char *));
570 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace PARAMS ((char *));
571 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space PARAMS ((asection *));
572 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace PARAMS ((asection *,
573 							    subsegT));
574 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number PARAMS ((int));
575 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *, int));
576 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt PARAMS ((char *, int));
577 static void pa_spaces_begin PARAMS ((void));
578 #endif
579 static void pa_ip PARAMS ((char *));
580 static void fix_new_hppa PARAMS ((fragS *, int, int, symbolS *,
581 				  offsetT, expressionS *, int,
582 				  bfd_reloc_code_real_type,
583 				  enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt,
584 				  int, unsigned int, int));
585 static int is_end_of_statement PARAMS ((void));
586 static int reg_name_search PARAMS ((char *));
587 static int pa_chk_field_selector PARAMS ((char **));
588 static int is_same_frag PARAMS ((fragS *, fragS *));
589 static void process_exit PARAMS ((void));
590 static unsigned int pa_stringer_aux PARAMS ((char *));
591 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_cnv_format PARAMS ((char **s));
592 static int pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer PARAMS ((char **));
593 
594 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
595 static void hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function PARAMS ((void));
596 static void pa_build_unwind_subspace PARAMS ((struct call_info *));
597 static void pa_vtable_entry PARAMS ((int));
598 static void pa_vtable_inherit  PARAMS ((int));
599 #endif
600 
601 /* File and globally scoped variable declarations.  */
602 
603 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
604 /* Root and final entry in the space chain.  */
605 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
606 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
607 
608 /* The current space and subspace.  */
609 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
610 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
611 #endif
612 
613 /* Root of the call_info chain.  */
614 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
615 
616 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
617    seen so it can be associated with fixups and
618    function labels.  */
619 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
620 
621 /* The last call description (for actual calls).  */
622 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
623 
624 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
625 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
626 
627 /* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be
628    followed by meaningful whitespace.  We don't include `,' and `!'
629    as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace.  */
630 const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>";
631 
632 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA.  FIXME -- how many of these
633    are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
634    dependent tables?  */
635 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
636 {
637   /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
638      not the log2 of the requested alignment.  */
639 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
640   {"align", pa_align, 8},
641 #endif
642 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
643   {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
644 #endif
645   {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
646   {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
647   {"block", pa_block, 1},
648   {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
649   {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
650   {"call", pa_call, 0},
651   {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
652 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))
653   {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
654 #else
655   {"code", pa_text, 0},
656   {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
657 #endif
658 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
659   {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
660 #endif
661   {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
662 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
663   {"data", pa_data, 0},
664 #endif
665   {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
666   {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
667   {"end", pa_end, 0},
668   {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
669 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
670   {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
671 #endif
672   {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
673   {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
674   {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
675   {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
676   {"export", pa_export, 0},
677   {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
678   {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
679   {"half", pa_cons, 2},
680   {"import", pa_import, 0},
681   {"int", pa_cons, 4},
682   {"label", pa_label, 0},
683   {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
684   {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
685   {"level", pa_level, 0},
686   {"long", pa_cons, 4},
687   {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
688 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
689   {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
690 #endif
691   {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
692   {"org", pa_origin, 0},
693   {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
694   {"param", pa_param, 0},
695   {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
696   {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
697   {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
698   {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
699   {"short", pa_cons, 2},
700   {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
701 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
702   {"space", pa_space, 0},
703   {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
704 #endif
705   {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
706   {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
707 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
708   {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
709 #endif
710 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
711   {"text", pa_text, 0},
712 #endif
713   {"version", pa_version, 0},
714 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
715   {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
716   {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
717 #endif
718   {"word", pa_cons, 4},
719   {NULL, 0, 0}
720 };
721 
722 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
723    a line.  If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
724    .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
725 
726    Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
727    first line of the input file.  This is because the compiler outputs
728    #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
729 
730    Also note that C style comments will always work.  */
731 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
732 
733 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment.  If the
734    pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful.  */
735 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
736 
737 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators.  */
738 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
739 
740 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums.  */
741 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
742 
743 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
744    As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
745 
746    Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
747    changed in read.c.  Ideally it shouldn't hae to know abou it at
748    all, but nothing is ideal around here.  */
749 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
750 
751 static struct pa_it the_insn;
752 
753 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression
754    and friends.  FIXME.  This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
755    variable.  */
756 static char *expr_end;
757 
758 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure.  */
759 static int callinfo_found;
760 
761 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair.  */
762 static int within_entry_exit;
763 
764 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition.  */
765 static int within_procedure;
766 
767 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
768    seen in each subspace.  */
769 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
770 
771 /* Holds the last field selector.  */
772 static int hppa_field_selector;
773 
774 /* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled.  Zero otherwise.
775 
776    Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or
777    not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction.
778 
779    Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure
780    occurs.  However, it also affects the parsing of register fields
781    by pa_parse_number.  */
782 static int strict;
783 
784 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'.  Mostly
785    pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
786    point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
787    The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
788    register has a `r' suffix.  */
789 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
790 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
791 static int pa_number;
792 
793 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
794 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind.  */
795 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
796 #endif
797 
798 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed.  */
799 static int print_errors = 1;
800 
801 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
802 
803    Each general register has one predefined name of the form
804    %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
805 
806    Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
807    but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
808 
809    Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
810    %fr<REGNUM>.  Floating point registers have additional predefined
811    names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
812    again have the value <REGNUM>.
813 
814    Many registers also have synonyms:
815 
816    %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
817    %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
818    %fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms
819    %r30 has %sp as a synonym
820    %r27 has %dp as a synonym
821    %r2  has %rp as a synonym
822 
823    Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
824    here for brevity.
825 
826    The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search.  */
827 
828 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
829 {
830   {"%arg0",  26},
831   {"%arg1",  25},
832   {"%arg2",  24},
833   {"%arg3",  23},
834   {"%cr0",    0},
835   {"%cr10",  10},
836   {"%cr11",  11},
837   {"%cr12",  12},
838   {"%cr13",  13},
839   {"%cr14",  14},
840   {"%cr15",  15},
841   {"%cr16",  16},
842   {"%cr17",  17},
843   {"%cr18",  18},
844   {"%cr19",  19},
845   {"%cr20",  20},
846   {"%cr21",  21},
847   {"%cr22",  22},
848   {"%cr23",  23},
849   {"%cr24",  24},
850   {"%cr25",  25},
851   {"%cr26",  26},
852   {"%cr27",  27},
853   {"%cr28",  28},
854   {"%cr29",  29},
855   {"%cr30",  30},
856   {"%cr31",  31},
857   {"%cr8",    8},
858   {"%cr9",    9},
859   {"%dp",    27},
860   {"%eiem",  15},
861   {"%eirr",  23},
862   {"%farg0",  4 + FP_REG_BASE},
863   {"%farg1",  5 + FP_REG_BASE},
864   {"%farg2",  6 + FP_REG_BASE},
865   {"%farg3",  7 + FP_REG_BASE},
866   {"%fr0",    0 + FP_REG_BASE},
867   {"%fr0l",   0 + FP_REG_BASE},
868   {"%fr0r",   0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
869   {"%fr1",    1 + FP_REG_BASE},
870   {"%fr10",  10 + FP_REG_BASE},
871   {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
872   {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
873   {"%fr11",  11 + FP_REG_BASE},
874   {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
875   {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
876   {"%fr12",  12 + FP_REG_BASE},
877   {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
878   {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
879   {"%fr13",  13 + FP_REG_BASE},
880   {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
881   {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
882   {"%fr14",  14 + FP_REG_BASE},
883   {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
884   {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
885   {"%fr15",  15 + FP_REG_BASE},
886   {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
887   {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
888   {"%fr16",  16 + FP_REG_BASE},
889   {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
890   {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
891   {"%fr17",  17 + FP_REG_BASE},
892   {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
893   {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
894   {"%fr18",  18 + FP_REG_BASE},
895   {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
896   {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
897   {"%fr19",  19 + FP_REG_BASE},
898   {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
899   {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
900   {"%fr1l",   1 + FP_REG_BASE},
901   {"%fr1r",   1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
902   {"%fr2",    2 + FP_REG_BASE},
903   {"%fr20",  20 + FP_REG_BASE},
904   {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
905   {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
906   {"%fr21",  21 + FP_REG_BASE},
907   {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
908   {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
909   {"%fr22",  22 + FP_REG_BASE},
910   {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
911   {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
912   {"%fr23",  23 + FP_REG_BASE},
913   {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
914   {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
915   {"%fr24",  24 + FP_REG_BASE},
916   {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
917   {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
918   {"%fr25",  25 + FP_REG_BASE},
919   {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
920   {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
921   {"%fr26",  26 + FP_REG_BASE},
922   {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
923   {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
924   {"%fr27",  27 + FP_REG_BASE},
925   {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
926   {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
927   {"%fr28",  28 + FP_REG_BASE},
928   {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
929   {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
930   {"%fr29",  29 + FP_REG_BASE},
931   {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
932   {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
933   {"%fr2l",   2 + FP_REG_BASE},
934   {"%fr2r",   2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
935   {"%fr3",    3 + FP_REG_BASE},
936   {"%fr30",  30 + FP_REG_BASE},
937   {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
938   {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
939   {"%fr31",  31 + FP_REG_BASE},
940   {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
941   {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
942   {"%fr3l",   3 + FP_REG_BASE},
943   {"%fr3r",   3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
944   {"%fr4",    4 + FP_REG_BASE},
945   {"%fr4l",   4 + FP_REG_BASE},
946   {"%fr4r",   4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
947   {"%fr5",    5 + FP_REG_BASE},
948   {"%fr5l",   5 + FP_REG_BASE},
949   {"%fr5r",   5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
950   {"%fr6",    6 + FP_REG_BASE},
951   {"%fr6l",   6 + FP_REG_BASE},
952   {"%fr6r",   6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
953   {"%fr7",    7 + FP_REG_BASE},
954   {"%fr7l",   7 + FP_REG_BASE},
955   {"%fr7r",   7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
956   {"%fr8",    8 + FP_REG_BASE},
957   {"%fr8l",   8 + FP_REG_BASE},
958   {"%fr8r",   8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
959   {"%fr9",    9 + FP_REG_BASE},
960   {"%fr9l",   9 + FP_REG_BASE},
961   {"%fr9r",   9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
962   {"%fret",   4},
963   {"%hta",   25},
964   {"%iir",   19},
965   {"%ior",   21},
966   {"%ipsw",  22},
967   {"%isr",   20},
968   {"%itmr",  16},
969   {"%iva",   14},
970 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
971   {"%mrp",    2},
972 #else
973   {"%mrp",   31},
974 #endif
975   {"%pcoq",  18},
976   {"%pcsq",  17},
977   {"%pidr1",  8},
978   {"%pidr2",  9},
979   {"%pidr3", 12},
980   {"%pidr4", 13},
981   {"%ppda",  24},
982   {"%r0",     0},
983   {"%r1",     1},
984   {"%r10",   10},
985   {"%r11",   11},
986   {"%r12",   12},
987   {"%r13",   13},
988   {"%r14",   14},
989   {"%r15",   15},
990   {"%r16",   16},
991   {"%r17",   17},
992   {"%r18",   18},
993   {"%r19",   19},
994   {"%r2",     2},
995   {"%r20",   20},
996   {"%r21",   21},
997   {"%r22",   22},
998   {"%r23",   23},
999   {"%r24",   24},
1000   {"%r25",   25},
1001   {"%r26",   26},
1002   {"%r27",   27},
1003   {"%r28",   28},
1004   {"%r29",   29},
1005   {"%r3",     3},
1006   {"%r30",   30},
1007   {"%r31",   31},
1008   {"%r4",     4},
1009   {"%r5",     5},
1010   {"%r6",     6},
1011   {"%r7",     7},
1012   {"%r8",     8},
1013   {"%r9",     9},
1014   {"%rctr",   0},
1015   {"%ret0",  28},
1016   {"%ret1",  29},
1017   {"%rp",     2},
1018   {"%sar",   11},
1019   {"%sp",    30},
1020   {"%sr0",    0},
1021   {"%sr1",    1},
1022   {"%sr2",    2},
1023   {"%sr3",    3},
1024   {"%sr4",    4},
1025   {"%sr5",    5},
1026   {"%sr6",    6},
1027   {"%sr7",    7},
1028   {"%t1",    22},
1029   {"%t2",    21},
1030   {"%t3",    20},
1031   {"%t4",    19},
1032   {"%tf1",   11},
1033   {"%tf2",   10},
1034   {"%tf3",    9},
1035   {"%tf4",    8},
1036   {"%tr0",   24},
1037   {"%tr1",   25},
1038   {"%tr2",   26},
1039   {"%tr3",   27},
1040   {"%tr4",   28},
1041   {"%tr5",   29},
1042   {"%tr6",   30},
1043   {"%tr7",   31}
1044 };
1045 
1046 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
1047    so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
1048    for < first, we would get a false match.  */
1049 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
1050 {
1051   {"false?", 0},
1052   {"false", 1},
1053   {"true?", 30},
1054   {"true", 31},
1055   {"!<=>", 3},
1056   {"!?>=", 8},
1057   {"!?<=", 16},
1058   {"!<>", 7},
1059   {"!>=", 11},
1060   {"!?>", 12},
1061   {"?<=", 14},
1062   {"!<=", 19},
1063   {"!?<", 20},
1064   {"?>=", 22},
1065   {"!?=", 24},
1066   {"!=t", 27},
1067   {"<=>", 29},
1068   {"=t", 5},
1069   {"?=", 6},
1070   {"?<", 10},
1071   {"<=", 13},
1072   {"!>", 15},
1073   {"?>", 18},
1074   {">=", 21},
1075   {"!<", 23},
1076   {"<>", 25},
1077   {"!=", 26},
1078   {"!?", 28},
1079   {"?", 2},
1080   {"=", 4},
1081   {"<", 9},
1082   {">", 17}
1083 };
1084 
1085 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
1086 {
1087   {"f", e_fsel},
1088   {"l", e_lsel},
1089   {"ld", e_ldsel},
1090   {"lp", e_lpsel},
1091   {"lr", e_lrsel},
1092   {"ls", e_lssel},
1093   {"lt", e_ltsel},
1094   {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
1095   {"n", e_nsel},
1096   {"nl", e_nlsel},
1097   {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
1098   {"p", e_psel},
1099   {"r", e_rsel},
1100   {"rd", e_rdsel},
1101   {"rp", e_rpsel},
1102   {"rr", e_rrsel},
1103   {"rs", e_rssel},
1104   {"rt", e_rtsel},
1105   {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
1106   {"t", e_tsel},
1107 };
1108 
1109 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1110 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
1111 
1112 #define GDB_SYMBOLS          GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1113 #define GDB_STRINGS          GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1114 
1115 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA.  */
1116 #define SUBSEG_CODE   0
1117 #define SUBSEG_LIT    1
1118 #define SUBSEG_MILLI  2
1119 #define SUBSEG_DATA   0
1120 #define SUBSEG_BSS    2
1121 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
1122 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
1123 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
1124 
1125 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
1126 {
1127   {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
1128   {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
1129   {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
1130   {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
1131   {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
1132   {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
1133 };
1134 
1135 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
1136 {
1137   {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
1138   {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
1139   {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
1140 };
1141 
1142 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler.  */
1143 
1144 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces.  */
1145 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain)	(space_chain)->sd_defined
1146 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
1147 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain)	(space_chain)->sd_spnum
1148 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain)		(space_chain)->sd_name
1149 
1150 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain)	(ss_chain)->ssd_defined
1151 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain)		(ss_chain)->ssd_name
1152 #endif
1153 
1154 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
1155    a right or left half of a FP register  */
1156 #define IS_R_SELECT(S)   (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
1157 #define IS_L_SELECT(S)   (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
1158 
1159 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START.  Continue pa_ip
1160    main loop after insertion.  */
1161 
1162 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1163   { \
1164     ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1165     continue; \
1166   }
1167 
1168 /* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds.
1169    IGNORE is used to suppress the error message.  */
1170 
1171 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1172   { \
1173     if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1174       { \
1175 	if (! IGNORE) \
1176           as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1177 		  (int) (FIELD));\
1178         break; \
1179       } \
1180   }
1181 
1182 /* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where
1183    the current file and line number are not valid.  */
1184 
1185 #define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
1186   { \
1187     if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1188       { \
1189         as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
1190 		      _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1191 		      (int) (FIELD));\
1192         break; \
1193       } \
1194   }
1195 
1196 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two).
1197    IGNORE is used to suppress the error message.  */
1198 
1199 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1200   { \
1201     if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1202       { \
1203 	if (! IGNORE) \
1204           as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1205 		  (int) (FIELD));\
1206         break; \
1207       } \
1208   }
1209 
1210 #define is_DP_relative(exp)			\
1211   ((exp).X_op == O_subtract			\
1212    && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1213 
1214 #define is_PC_relative(exp)			\
1215   ((exp).X_op == O_subtract			\
1216    && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1217 
1218 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2).  Luckily, we'll
1219    always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1220    need real complex handling yet.  */
1221 #define is_complex(exp)				\
1222   ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1223 
1224 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler.  */
1225 
1226 /* Called before writing the object file.  Make sure entry/exit and
1227    proc/procend pairs match.  */
1228 
1229 void
pa_check_eof()1230 pa_check_eof ()
1231 {
1232   if (within_entry_exit)
1233     as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1234 
1235   if (within_procedure)
1236     as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1237 }
1238 
1239 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1240    or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space.  */
1241 
1242 static label_symbol_struct *
pa_get_label()1243 pa_get_label ()
1244 {
1245   label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1246 
1247   for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1248        label_chain;
1249        label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1250     {
1251 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1252     if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1253       return label_chain;
1254 #endif
1255 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1256     if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1257       return label_chain;
1258 #endif
1259     }
1260 
1261   return NULL;
1262 }
1263 
1264 /* Defines a label for the current space.  If one is already defined,
1265    this function will replace it with the new label.  */
1266 
1267 void
pa_define_label(symbol)1268 pa_define_label (symbol)
1269      symbolS *symbol;
1270 {
1271   label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
1272 
1273   if (label_chain)
1274     label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1275   else
1276     {
1277       /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain.  */
1278       label_chain
1279 	= (label_symbol_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1280       label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1281 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1282       label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1283 #endif
1284 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1285       label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1286 #endif
1287       label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1288 
1289       if (label_symbols_rootp)
1290 	label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1291 
1292       label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1293     }
1294 
1295 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1296   dwarf2_emit_label (symbol);
1297 #endif
1298 }
1299 
1300 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1301    If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken.  */
1302 
1303 static void
pa_undefine_label()1304 pa_undefine_label ()
1305 {
1306   label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1307   label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
1308 
1309   for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1310        label_chain;
1311        label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1312     {
1313       if (1
1314 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1315 	  && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1316 #endif
1317 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1318 	  && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1319 #endif
1320 	  )
1321 	{
1322 	  /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory.  */
1323 	  if (prev_label_chain)
1324 	    prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1325 	  else
1326 	    label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1327 
1328 	  free (label_chain);
1329 	  break;
1330 	}
1331       prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1332     }
1333 }
1334 
1335 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new.  This is required because the HPPA
1336    code needs to keep track of some extra stuff.  Each call to fix_new_hppa
1337    results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct.  An
1338    hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1339    original fixS.  This is attached to the original fixup via the
1340    tc_fix_data field.  */
1341 
1342 static void
fix_new_hppa(frag,where,size,add_symbol,offset,exp,pcrel,r_type,r_field,r_format,arg_reloc,unwind_bits)1343 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, exp, pcrel,
1344 	      r_type, r_field, r_format, arg_reloc, unwind_bits)
1345      fragS *frag;
1346      int where;
1347      int size;
1348      symbolS *add_symbol;
1349      offsetT offset;
1350      expressionS *exp;
1351      int pcrel;
1352      bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type;
1353      enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field;
1354      int r_format;
1355      unsigned int arg_reloc;
1356      int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1357 {
1358   fixS *new_fix;
1359 
1360   struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
1361   obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1362 
1363   if (exp != NULL)
1364     new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1365   else
1366     new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1367   new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1368   hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1369   hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1370   hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1371   hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1372   hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1373 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1374   if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1375     new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
1376 #endif
1377 
1378   /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage.  $global$
1379      is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1380      it now so as not to confuse write.c.  Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0.  */
1381   if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1382       && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1383 	  || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0))
1384     new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1385 }
1386 
1387 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA.  Called by
1388    cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro.  */
1389 
1390 void
parse_cons_expression_hppa(exp)1391 parse_cons_expression_hppa (exp)
1392      expressionS *exp;
1393 {
1394   hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
1395   expression (exp);
1396 }
1397 
1398 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1399    hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa.  */
1400 
1401 void
cons_fix_new_hppa(frag,where,size,exp)1402 cons_fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, exp)
1403      fragS *frag;
1404      int where;
1405      int size;
1406      expressionS *exp;
1407 {
1408   unsigned int rel_type;
1409 
1410   /* Get a base relocation type.  */
1411   if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1412     rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1413   else if (is_PC_relative (*exp))
1414     rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
1415   else if (is_complex (*exp))
1416     rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1417   else
1418     rel_type = R_HPPA;
1419 
1420   if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1421     {
1422       as_warn (_("Invalid field selector.  Assuming F%%."));
1423       hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1424     }
1425 
1426   fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1427 		(symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1428 		hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
1429 
1430   /* Reset field selector to its default state.  */
1431   hppa_field_selector = 0;
1432 }
1433 
1434 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time.  It should
1435    set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need.  */
1436 
1437 void
md_begin()1438 md_begin ()
1439 {
1440   const char *retval = NULL;
1441   int lose = 0;
1442   unsigned int i = 0;
1443 
1444   last_call_info = NULL;
1445   call_info_root = NULL;
1446 
1447   /* Set the default machine type.  */
1448   if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
1449     as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
1450 
1451   /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
1452      Warn user and disable "-R" option.  */
1453   if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
1454     {
1455       as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
1456       flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
1457     }
1458 
1459 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1460   pa_spaces_begin ();
1461 #endif
1462 
1463   op_hash = hash_new ();
1464 
1465   while (i < NUMOPCODES)
1466     {
1467       const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
1468       retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
1469       if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
1470 	{
1471 	  as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
1472 	  lose = 1;
1473 	}
1474       do
1475 	{
1476 	  if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
1477 	      != pa_opcodes[i].match)
1478 	    {
1479 	      fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
1480 		       pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
1481 	      lose = 1;
1482 	    }
1483 	  ++i;
1484 	}
1485       while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
1486     }
1487 
1488   if (lose)
1489     as_fatal (_("Broken assembler.  No assembly attempted."));
1490 
1491 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1492   /* SOM will change text_section.  To make sure we never put
1493      anything into the old one switch to the new one now.  */
1494   subseg_set (text_section, 0);
1495 #endif
1496 
1497 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1498   dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
1499   S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
1500   /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol.  */
1501   (void) symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1502 #endif
1503 }
1504 
1505 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag.  */
1506 void
md_assemble(str)1507 md_assemble (str)
1508      char *str;
1509 {
1510   char *to;
1511 
1512   /* The had better be something to assemble.  */
1513   assert (str);
1514 
1515   /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
1516      defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
1517      label was defined after the .PROC directive.
1518 
1519      Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
1520      for the label symbol in this case.  We have already switched
1521      into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point.  */
1522   if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
1523     {
1524       label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
1525 
1526       if (label_symbol)
1527 	{
1528 	  if (label_symbol->lss_label)
1529 	    {
1530 	      last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
1531 	      symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
1532 		|= BSF_FUNCTION;
1533 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1534 	      /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
1535 		 information when the label appears after the proc/procend.  */
1536 	      if (within_entry_exit)
1537 		{
1538 		  char *where;
1539 		  unsigned int u;
1540 
1541 		  where = frag_more (0);
1542 		  u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
1543 		  fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
1544 				NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
1545 				0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
1546 		}
1547 #endif
1548 	    }
1549 	  else
1550 	    as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
1551 	}
1552       else
1553 	as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
1554     }
1555 
1556   /* Assemble the instruction.  Results are saved into "the_insn".  */
1557   pa_ip (str);
1558 
1559   /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction.  */
1560   to = frag_more (4);
1561 
1562   /* Output the opcode.  */
1563   md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
1564 
1565   /* If necessary output more stuff.  */
1566   if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
1567     fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
1568 		  (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
1569 		  the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
1570 		  the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
1571 
1572 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1573   dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
1574 #endif
1575 }
1576 
1577 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction.  Store results
1578    into the global "the_insn" variable.  */
1579 
1580 static void
pa_ip(str)1581 pa_ip (str)
1582      char *str;
1583 {
1584   char *error_message = "";
1585   char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
1586   const char *args;
1587   int match = FALSE;
1588   int comma = 0;
1589   int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
1590   unsigned long opcode;
1591   struct pa_opcode *insn;
1592 
1593 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1594   /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
1595   pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
1596 #endif
1597 
1598   /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
1599      case.  */
1600   for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
1601     *s = TOLOWER (*s);
1602 
1603   /* Skip to something interesting.  */
1604   for (s = str;
1605        ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
1606        ++s)
1607     ;
1608 
1609   switch (*s)
1610     {
1611 
1612     case '\0':
1613       break;
1614 
1615     case ',':
1616       comma = 1;
1617 
1618       /*FALLTHROUGH */
1619 
1620     case ' ':
1621       *s++ = '\0';
1622       break;
1623 
1624     default:
1625       as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
1626       return;
1627     }
1628 
1629   /* Look up the opcode in the has table.  */
1630   if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
1631     {
1632       as_bad ("Unknown opcode: `%s'", str);
1633       return;
1634     }
1635 
1636   if (comma)
1637     {
1638       *--s = ',';
1639     }
1640 
1641   /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
1642      start processing them.  */
1643   argstart = s;
1644   for (;;)
1645     {
1646       /* Do some initialization.  */
1647       opcode = insn->match;
1648       strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
1649       memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
1650 
1651       the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
1652 
1653       if (insn->arch >= pa20
1654 	  && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1655 	goto failed;
1656 
1657       /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
1658          sure that the operands match.  */
1659       for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
1660 	{
1661 	  /* Absorb white space in instruction.  */
1662 	  while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1663 	    s++;
1664 
1665 	  switch (*args)
1666 	    {
1667 
1668 	    /* End of arguments.  */
1669 	    case '\0':
1670 	      if (*s == '\0')
1671 		match = TRUE;
1672 	      break;
1673 
1674 	    case '+':
1675 	      if (*s == '+')
1676 		{
1677 		  ++s;
1678 		  continue;
1679 		}
1680 	      if (*s == '-')
1681 		continue;
1682 	      break;
1683 
1684 	    /* These must match exactly.  */
1685 	    case '(':
1686 	    case ')':
1687 	    case ',':
1688 	    case ' ':
1689 	      if (*s++ == *args)
1690 		continue;
1691 	      break;
1692 
1693 	    /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10.  */
1694 	    case 'b':
1695 	    case '^':
1696 	      if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1697 		break;
1698 	      num = pa_number;
1699 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1700 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1701 
1702 	    /* Handle %sar or %cr11.  No bits get set, we just verify that it
1703 	       is there.  */
1704 	    case '!':
1705 	      /* Skip whitespace before register.  */
1706 	      while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1707 		s = s + 1;
1708 
1709 	      if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
1710 	        {
1711 		  s += 4;
1712 		  continue;
1713 		}
1714 	      else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
1715 	        {
1716 		  s += 5;
1717 		  continue;
1718 		}
1719 	      break;
1720 
1721 	    /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15.  */
1722 	    case 'x':
1723 	      if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1724 		break;
1725 	      num = pa_number;
1726 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1727 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1728 
1729 	    /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31.  */
1730 	    case 't':
1731 	      if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1732 		break;
1733 	      num = pa_number;
1734 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1735 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1736 
1737 	    /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15.  */
1738 	    case 'a':
1739 	      if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1740 		break;
1741 	      num = pa_number;
1742 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1743 	      opcode |= num << 16;
1744 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1745 
1746 	    /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31.  */
1747 	    case 'T':
1748 	      num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1749 	      if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1750 		break;
1751 	      s = expr_end;
1752 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
1753 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
1754 
1755 	    /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15.  */
1756 	    case '5':
1757 	      num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1758 	      if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1759 		break;
1760 	      s = expr_end;
1761 	      /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1762 		 match instead of giving an out of range error.  */
1763 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1764 	      num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1765 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1766 
1767 	    /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31.  */
1768 	    case 'V':
1769 	      num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1770 	      if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1771 		break;
1772 	      s = expr_end;
1773 	      /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1774 		 match instead of giving an out of range error.  */
1775 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1776 	      num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1777 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1778 
1779 	    /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31.  */
1780 	    case 'r':
1781 	      num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1782 	      if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1783 		break;
1784 	      s = expr_end;
1785 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1786 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1787 
1788 	    /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15.  */
1789 	    case 'R':
1790 	      num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1791 	      if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1792 		break;
1793 	      s = expr_end;
1794 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1795 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1796 
1797 	    /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15.  */
1798 	    case 'U':
1799 	      num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1800 	      if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1801 		break;
1802 	      s = expr_end;
1803 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
1804 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1805 
1806 	    /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17.  */
1807 	    case 's':
1808 	      if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1809 		break;
1810 	      num = pa_number;
1811 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
1812 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
1813 
1814 	    /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18.  */
1815 	    case 'S':
1816 	      if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1817 		break;
1818 	      num = pa_number;
1819 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
1820 	      opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
1821 	      continue;
1822 
1823 	    /* Handle all completers.  */
1824 	    case 'c':
1825 	      switch (*++args)
1826 		{
1827 
1828 		/* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store.  */
1829 		case 'X':
1830 		case 'x':
1831 		  {
1832 		    int uu = 0;
1833 		    int m = 0;
1834 		    int i = 0;
1835 		    while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1836 		      {
1837 			s++;
1838 			if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
1839 			  {
1840 			    uu = 1;
1841 			    m = 1;
1842 			    s++;
1843 			    i++;
1844 			  }
1845 			else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1846 			  m = 1;
1847 			else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
1848 				 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
1849 			  uu = 1;
1850 			else if (strict)
1851 			  {
1852 			    /* This is a match failure.  */
1853 			    s--;
1854 			    break;
1855 			  }
1856 			else
1857 			  as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
1858 			s++;
1859 			i++;
1860 		      }
1861 		    if (i > 2)
1862 		      as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
1863 		    opcode |= m << 5;
1864 		    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
1865 		  }
1866 
1867 		/* Handle a short load/store completer.  */
1868 		case 'M':
1869 		case 'm':
1870 		case 'q':
1871 		case 'J':
1872 		case 'e':
1873 		  {
1874 		    int a = 0;
1875 		    int m = 0;
1876 		    if (*s == ',')
1877 		      {
1878 			s++;
1879 			if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
1880 			  {
1881 			    a = 0;
1882 			    m = 1;
1883 			    s += 2;
1884 			  }
1885 			else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
1886 			  {
1887 			    a = 1;
1888 			    m = 1;
1889 			    s += 2;
1890 			  }
1891 			else if (strict)
1892 			  /* This is a match failure.  */
1893 			  s--;
1894 			else
1895 			  {
1896 			    as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
1897 			    s += 2;
1898 			  }
1899 		      }
1900 		    /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
1901 		       consider this a positive match for 'ce'.  */
1902 		    else if (*args == 'e')
1903 		      break;
1904 
1905 		   /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
1906 		       encode the before/after field.  */
1907 		   if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
1908 		      {
1909 			opcode |= m << 5;
1910 			INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1911 		      }
1912 		    else if (*args == 'q')
1913 		      {
1914 			opcode |= m << 3;
1915 			INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1916 		      }
1917 		    else if (*args == 'J')
1918 		      {
1919 		        /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode.  */
1920 			INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1921 		      }
1922 		    else if (*args == 'e')
1923 		      {
1924 			/* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
1925 			   instruction.  We will use (and remove it)
1926 			   later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'.  */
1927 			opcode |= a;
1928 			continue;
1929 		      }
1930 		  }
1931 
1932 		/* Handle a stbys completer.  */
1933 		case 'A':
1934 		case 's':
1935 		  {
1936 		    int a = 0;
1937 		    int m = 0;
1938 		    int i = 0;
1939 		    while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1940 		      {
1941 			s++;
1942 			if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1943 			  m = 1;
1944 			else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
1945 				 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
1946 			  a = 0;
1947 			else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
1948 			  a = 1;
1949 			/* In strict mode, this is a match failure.  */
1950 			else if (strict)
1951 			  {
1952 			    s--;
1953 			    break;
1954 			  }
1955 			else
1956 			  as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1957 			s++;
1958 			i++;
1959 		      }
1960 		    if (i > 2)
1961 		      as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1962 		    opcode |= m << 5;
1963 		    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1964 		  }
1965 
1966 		/* Handle load cache hint completer.  */
1967 		case 'c':
1968 		  cmpltr = 0;
1969 		  if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
1970 		    {
1971 		      s += 3;
1972 		      cmpltr = 2;
1973 		    }
1974 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1975 
1976 		/* Handle store cache hint completer.  */
1977 		case 'C':
1978 		  cmpltr = 0;
1979 		  if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
1980 		    {
1981 		      s += 3;
1982 		      cmpltr = 2;
1983 		    }
1984 		  else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3))
1985 		    {
1986 		      s += 3;
1987 		      cmpltr = 1;
1988 		    }
1989 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1990 
1991 		/* Handle load and clear cache hint completer.  */
1992 		case 'd':
1993 		  cmpltr = 0;
1994 		  if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3))
1995 		    {
1996 		      s += 3;
1997 		      cmpltr = 1;
1998 		    }
1999 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
2000 
2001 		/* Handle load ordering completer.  */
2002 		case 'o':
2003 		  if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0)
2004 		    break;
2005 		  s += 2;
2006 		  continue;
2007 
2008 		/* Handle a branch gate completer.  */
2009 		case 'g':
2010 		  if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
2011 		    break;
2012 		  s += 5;
2013 		  continue;
2014 
2015 		/* Handle a branch link and push completer.  */
2016 		case 'p':
2017 		  if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
2018 		    break;
2019 		  s += 7;
2020 		  continue;
2021 
2022 		/* Handle a branch link completer.  */
2023 		case 'l':
2024 		  if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2025 		    break;
2026 		  s += 2;
2027 		  continue;
2028 
2029 		/* Handle a branch pop completer.  */
2030 		case 'P':
2031 		  if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
2032 		    break;
2033 		  s += 4;
2034 		  continue;
2035 
2036 		/* Handle a local processor completer.  */
2037 		case 'L':
2038 		  if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2039 		    break;
2040 		  s += 2;
2041 		  continue;
2042 
2043 		/* Handle a PROBE read/write completer.  */
2044 		case 'w':
2045 		  flag = 0;
2046 		  if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
2047 		    {
2048 		      flag = 1;
2049 		      s += 2;
2050 		    }
2051 		  else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2052 		    {
2053 		      flag = 0;
2054 		      s += 2;
2055 		    }
2056 
2057 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2058 
2059 		/* Handle MFCTL wide completer.  */
2060 		case 'W':
2061 		  if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
2062 		    break;
2063 		  s += 2;
2064 		  continue;
2065 
2066 		/* Handle an RFI restore completer.  */
2067 		case 'r':
2068 		  flag = 0;
2069 		  if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2070 		    {
2071 		      flag = 5;
2072 		      s += 2;
2073 		    }
2074 
2075 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2076 
2077 		/* Handle a system control completer.  */
2078 		case 'Z':
2079 		  if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
2080 		    {
2081 		      flag = 1;
2082 		      s += 2;
2083 		    }
2084 		  else
2085 		    flag = 0;
2086 
2087 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2088 
2089 		/* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR.  */
2090 		case 'i':
2091 		  flag = 0;
2092 		  if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
2093 		    {
2094 		      flag = 1;
2095 		      s += 2;
2096 		    }
2097 
2098 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2099 
2100 		/* Handle zero/sign extension completer.  */
2101 		case 'z':
2102 		  flag = 1;
2103 		  if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
2104 		    {
2105 		      flag = 0;
2106 		      s += 2;
2107 		    }
2108 
2109 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2110 
2111 		/* Handle add completer.  */
2112 		case 'a':
2113 		  flag = 1;
2114 		  if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
2115 		    {
2116 		      flag = 2;
2117 		      s += 2;
2118 		    }
2119 		  else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2120 		    {
2121 		      flag = 3;
2122 		      s += 4;
2123 		    }
2124 
2125 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2126 
2127 		/* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD.  */
2128 		case 'Y':
2129 		  flag = 0;
2130 		  if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
2131 		      !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
2132 		    {
2133 		      flag = 1;
2134 		      s += 7;
2135 		    }
2136 		  else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
2137 		    {
2138 		      flag = 0;
2139 		      s += 3;
2140 		    }
2141 		  else
2142 		    break;
2143 
2144 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2145 
2146 		/* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD.  */
2147 		case 'y':
2148 		  flag = 0;
2149 		  if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
2150 		      !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
2151 		    {
2152 		      flag = 1;
2153 		      s += 6;
2154 		    }
2155 		  else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
2156 		    {
2157 		      flag = 0;
2158 		      s += 2;
2159 		    }
2160 		  else
2161 		    break;
2162 
2163 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2164 
2165 		/* Handle trap on signed overflow.  */
2166 		case 'v':
2167 		  flag = 0;
2168 		  if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2169 		    {
2170 		      flag = 1;
2171 		      s += 4;
2172 		    }
2173 
2174 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2175 
2176 		/* Handle trap on condition and overflow.  */
2177 		case 't':
2178 		  flag = 0;
2179 		  if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
2180 		      !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
2181 		    {
2182 		      flag = 1;
2183 		      s += 7;
2184 		    }
2185 		  else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2186 		    {
2187 		      flag = 0;
2188 		      s += 3;
2189 		    }
2190 		  else
2191 		    break;
2192 
2193 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2194 
2195 		/* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB.  */
2196 		case 'B':
2197 		  flag = 0;
2198 		  if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
2199 		      !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
2200 		    {
2201 		      flag = 1;
2202 		      s += 7;
2203 		    }
2204 		  else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
2205 		    {
2206 		      flag = 0;
2207 		      s += 3;
2208 		    }
2209 		  else
2210 		    break;
2211 
2212 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2213 
2214 		/* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB.  */
2215 		case 'b':
2216 		  flag = 0;
2217 		  if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
2218 		      !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
2219 		    {
2220 		      flag = 1;
2221 		      s += 6;
2222 		    }
2223 		  else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
2224 		    {
2225 		      flag = 0;
2226 		      s += 2;
2227 		    }
2228 		  else
2229 		    break;
2230 
2231 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2232 
2233 		/* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM.  */
2234 		case 'T':
2235 		  flag = 0;
2236 		  if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2237 		    {
2238 		      flag = 1;
2239 		      s += 3;
2240 		    }
2241 
2242 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2243 
2244 		/* Handle signed/unsigned at 21.  */
2245 		case 'S':
2246 		  {
2247 		    int sign = 1;
2248 		    if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
2249 		      {
2250 			sign = 1;
2251 			s += 2;
2252 		      }
2253 		    else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
2254 		      {
2255 			sign = 0;
2256 			s += 2;
2257 		      }
2258 
2259 		    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
2260 		  }
2261 
2262 		/* Handle left/right combination at 17:18.  */
2263 		case 'h':
2264 		  if (*s++ == ',')
2265 		    {
2266 		      int lr = 0;
2267 		      if (*s == 'r')
2268 			lr = 2;
2269 		      else if (*s == 'l')
2270 			lr = 0;
2271 		      else
2272 			as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2273 
2274 		      s++;
2275 		      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
2276 		    }
2277 		  else
2278 		    as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2279 		  break;
2280 
2281 		/* Handle saturation at 24:25.  */
2282 		case 'H':
2283 		  {
2284 		    int sat = 3;
2285 		    if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
2286 		      {
2287 			sat = 1;
2288 			s += 3;
2289 		      }
2290 		    else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
2291 		      {
2292 			sat = 0;
2293 			s += 3;
2294 		      }
2295 
2296 		    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
2297 		  }
2298 
2299 		/* Handle permutation completer.  */
2300 		case '*':
2301 		  if (*s++ == ',')
2302 		    {
2303 		      int permloc[4];
2304 		      int perm = 0;
2305 		      int i = 0;
2306 		      permloc[0] = 13;
2307 		      permloc[1] = 10;
2308 		      permloc[2] = 8;
2309 		      permloc[3] = 6;
2310 		      for (; i < 4; i++)
2311 		        {
2312 			  switch (*s++)
2313 			    {
2314 			    case '0':
2315 			      perm = 0;
2316 			      break;
2317 			    case '1':
2318 			      perm = 1;
2319 			      break;
2320 			    case '2':
2321 			      perm = 2;
2322 			      break;
2323 			    case '3':
2324 			      perm = 3;
2325 			      break;
2326 			    default:
2327 			      as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2328 			    }
2329 			  opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
2330 			}
2331 		      continue;
2332 		    }
2333 		  else
2334 		    as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2335 		  break;
2336 
2337 		default:
2338 		  abort ();
2339 		}
2340 	      break;
2341 
2342 	    /* Handle all conditions.  */
2343 	    case '?':
2344 	      {
2345 		args++;
2346 		switch (*args)
2347 		  {
2348 		  /* Handle FP compare conditions.  */
2349 		  case 'f':
2350 		    cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
2351 		    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
2352 
2353 		  /* Handle an add condition.  */
2354 		  case 'A':
2355 		  case 'a':
2356 		    cmpltr = 0;
2357 		    flag = 0;
2358 		    if (*s == ',')
2359 		      {
2360 			s++;
2361 
2362 			/* 64 bit conditions.  */
2363 			if (*args == 'A')
2364 			  {
2365 			    if (*s == '*')
2366 			      s++;
2367 			    else
2368 			      break;
2369 			  }
2370 			else if (*s == '*')
2371 			  break;
2372 
2373 			name = s;
2374 			while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2375 			  s += 1;
2376 			c = *s;
2377 			*s = 0x00;
2378 			if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2379 			  cmpltr = 1;
2380 			else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2381 			  cmpltr = 2;
2382 			else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2383 			  cmpltr = 3;
2384 			else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2385 			  cmpltr = 4;
2386 			else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2387 			  cmpltr = 5;
2388 			else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2389 			  cmpltr = 6;
2390 			else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2391 			  cmpltr = 7;
2392 			else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2393 			  {
2394 			    cmpltr = 0;
2395 			    flag = 1;
2396 			  }
2397 			else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2398 			  {
2399 			    cmpltr = 1;
2400 			    flag = 1;
2401 			  }
2402 			else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2403 			  {
2404 			    cmpltr = 2;
2405 			    flag = 1;
2406 			  }
2407 			else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2408 			  {
2409 			    cmpltr = 3;
2410 			    flag = 1;
2411 			  }
2412 			else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
2413 			  {
2414 			    cmpltr = 4;
2415 			    flag = 1;
2416 			  }
2417 			else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
2418 			  {
2419 			    cmpltr = 5;
2420 			    flag = 1;
2421 			  }
2422 			else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2423 			  {
2424 			    cmpltr = 6;
2425 			    flag = 1;
2426 			  }
2427 			else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2428 			  {
2429 			    cmpltr = 7;
2430 			    flag = 1;
2431 			  }
2432 			/* ",*" is a valid condition.  */
2433 			else if (*args == 'a' || *name)
2434 			  as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
2435 			*s = c;
2436 		      }
2437 		    opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2438 		    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2439 
2440 		  /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition.  */
2441 		  case 'd':
2442 		    cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2443 		    if (cmpltr < 0)
2444 		      {
2445 			as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
2446 			cmpltr = 0;
2447 		      }
2448 		    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2449 
2450 		  /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition.  */
2451 		  case 'W':
2452 		    cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2453 		    if (cmpltr < 0)
2454 		      {
2455 			as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
2456 			cmpltr = 0;
2457 		      }
2458 		    else
2459 		      {
2460 			/* Negated condition requires an opcode change.  */
2461 			opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
2462 		      }
2463 		    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2464 
2465 		  /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
2466 		     condition.  */
2467 		  case '@':
2468 		    save_s = s;
2469 		    cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2470 		    if (cmpltr < 0)
2471 		      {
2472 			s = save_s;
2473 			cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2474 			if (cmpltr < 0)
2475 			  {
2476 			    as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2477 			    cmpltr = 0;
2478 			  }
2479 			else
2480 			  {
2481 			    /* Negated condition requires an opcode change.  */
2482 			    opcode |= 1 << 27;
2483 			  }
2484 		      }
2485 		    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2486 
2487 		  /* Handle branch on bit conditions.  */
2488 		  case 'B':
2489 		  case 'b':
2490 		    cmpltr = 0;
2491 		    if (*s == ',')
2492 		      {
2493 			s++;
2494 
2495 			if (*args == 'B')
2496 			  {
2497 			    if (*s == '*')
2498 			      s++;
2499 			    else
2500 			      break;
2501 			  }
2502 			else if (*s == '*')
2503 			  break;
2504 
2505 			if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
2506 			  {
2507 			    cmpltr = 0;
2508 			    s++;
2509 			  }
2510 			else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
2511 			  {
2512 			    cmpltr = 1;
2513 			    s += 2;
2514 			  }
2515 			else
2516 			  as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2517 		      }
2518 		    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
2519 
2520 		  /* Handle a compare/subtract condition.  */
2521 		  case 'S':
2522 		  case 's':
2523 		    cmpltr = 0;
2524 		    flag = 0;
2525 		    if (*s == ',')
2526 		      {
2527 			s++;
2528 
2529 			/* 64 bit conditions.  */
2530 			if (*args == 'S')
2531 			  {
2532 			    if (*s == '*')
2533 			      s++;
2534 			    else
2535 			      break;
2536 			  }
2537 			else if (*s == '*')
2538 			  break;
2539 
2540 			name = s;
2541 			while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2542 			  s += 1;
2543 			c = *s;
2544 			*s = 0x00;
2545 			if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2546 			  cmpltr = 1;
2547 			else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2548 			  cmpltr = 2;
2549 			else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2550 			  cmpltr = 3;
2551 			else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2552 			  cmpltr = 4;
2553 			else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2554 			  cmpltr = 5;
2555 			else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2556 			  cmpltr = 6;
2557 			else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2558 			  cmpltr = 7;
2559 			else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2560 			  {
2561 			    cmpltr = 0;
2562 			    flag = 1;
2563 			  }
2564 			else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2565 			  {
2566 			    cmpltr = 1;
2567 			    flag = 1;
2568 			  }
2569 			else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2570 			  {
2571 			    cmpltr = 2;
2572 			    flag = 1;
2573 			  }
2574 			else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2575 			  {
2576 			    cmpltr = 3;
2577 			    flag = 1;
2578 			  }
2579 			else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2580 			  {
2581 			    cmpltr = 4;
2582 			    flag = 1;
2583 			  }
2584 			else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2585 			  {
2586 			    cmpltr = 5;
2587 			    flag = 1;
2588 			  }
2589 			else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2590 			  {
2591 			    cmpltr = 6;
2592 			    flag = 1;
2593 			  }
2594 			else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2595 			  {
2596 			    cmpltr = 7;
2597 			    flag = 1;
2598 			  }
2599 			/* ",*" is a valid condition.  */
2600 			else if (*args != 'S' || *name)
2601 			  as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
2602 				  name);
2603 			*s = c;
2604 		      }
2605 		    opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2606 		    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2607 
2608 		  /* Handle a non-negated compare condition.  */
2609 		  case 't':
2610 		    cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2611 		    if (cmpltr < 0)
2612 		      {
2613 			as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2614 			cmpltr = 0;
2615 		      }
2616 		    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2617 
2618 		  /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition.  */
2619 		  case 'n':
2620 		    save_s = s;
2621 		    cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2622 		    if (cmpltr < 0)
2623 		      {
2624 			s = save_s;
2625 			cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2626 			if (cmpltr < 0)
2627 			  {
2628 			    as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
2629 			    cmpltr = 0;
2630 			  }
2631 			else
2632 			  {
2633 			    /* Negated condition requires an opcode change.  */
2634 			    opcode |= 1 << 27;
2635 			  }
2636 		      }
2637 
2638 		    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2639 
2640 		  /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition.  */
2641 		  case 'N':
2642 		    cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2643 		    if (cmpltr >= 0)
2644 		      {
2645 			/* Negated condition requires an opcode change.  */
2646 			opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
2647 		      }
2648 		    else
2649 		      /* Not a 64 bit cond.  Give 32 bit a chance.  */
2650 		      break;
2651 
2652 		    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2653 
2654 		  /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition.  */
2655 		  case 'Q':
2656 		    cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
2657 		    if (cmpltr < 0)
2658 		      /* Not a 64 bit cond.  Give 32 bit a chance.  */
2659 		      break;
2660 
2661 		    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2662 
2663 		    /* Handle a logical instruction condition.  */
2664 		  case 'L':
2665 		  case 'l':
2666 		    cmpltr = 0;
2667 		    flag = 0;
2668 		    if (*s == ',')
2669 		      {
2670 			s++;
2671 
2672 			/* 64 bit conditions.  */
2673 			if (*args == 'L')
2674 			  {
2675 			    if (*s == '*')
2676 			      s++;
2677 			    else
2678 			      break;
2679 			  }
2680 			else if (*s == '*')
2681 			  break;
2682 
2683 			name = s;
2684 			while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2685 			  s += 1;
2686 			c = *s;
2687 			*s = 0x00;
2688 
2689 			if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2690 			  cmpltr = 1;
2691 			else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2692 			  cmpltr = 2;
2693 			else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2694 			  cmpltr = 3;
2695 			else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2696 			  cmpltr = 7;
2697 			else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2698 			  {
2699 			    cmpltr = 0;
2700 			    flag = 1;
2701 			  }
2702 			else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2703 			  {
2704 			    cmpltr = 1;
2705 			    flag = 1;
2706 			  }
2707 			else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2708 			  {
2709 			    cmpltr = 2;
2710 			    flag = 1;
2711 			  }
2712 			else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2713 			  {
2714 			    cmpltr = 3;
2715 			    flag = 1;
2716 			  }
2717 			else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2718 			  {
2719 			    cmpltr = 7;
2720 			    flag = 1;
2721 			  }
2722 			/* ",*" is a valid condition.  */
2723 			else if (*args != 'L' || *name)
2724 			  as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
2725 			*s = c;
2726 		      }
2727 		    opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2728 		    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2729 
2730 		  /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition.  */
2731 		  case 'X':
2732 		  case 'x':
2733 		  case 'y':
2734 		    cmpltr = 0;
2735 		    if (*s == ',')
2736 		      {
2737 			save_s = s++;
2738 
2739 			/* 64 bit conditions.  */
2740 			if (*args == 'X')
2741 			  {
2742 			    if (*s == '*')
2743 			      s++;
2744 			    else
2745 			      break;
2746 			  }
2747 			else if (*s == '*')
2748 			  break;
2749 
2750 			name = s;
2751 			while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2752 			  s += 1;
2753 			c = *s;
2754 			*s = 0x00;
2755 			if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2756 			  cmpltr = 1;
2757 			else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2758 			  cmpltr = 2;
2759 			else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2760 			  cmpltr = 3;
2761 			else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2762 			  cmpltr = 4;
2763 			else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2764 			  cmpltr = 5;
2765 			else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2766 			  cmpltr = 6;
2767 			else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2768 			  cmpltr = 7;
2769 			/* Handle movb,n.  Put things back the way they were.
2770 			   This includes moving s back to where it started.  */
2771 			else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
2772 			  {
2773 			    *s = c;
2774 			    s = save_s;
2775 			    continue;
2776 			  }
2777 			/* ",*" is a valid condition.  */
2778 			else if (*args != 'X' || *name)
2779 			  as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
2780 			*s = c;
2781 		      }
2782 		    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2783 
2784 		  /* Handle a unit instruction condition.  */
2785 		  case 'U':
2786 		  case 'u':
2787 		    cmpltr = 0;
2788 		    flag = 0;
2789 		    if (*s == ',')
2790 		      {
2791 			s++;
2792 
2793 			/* 64 bit conditions.  */
2794 			if (*args == 'U')
2795 			  {
2796 			    if (*s == '*')
2797 			      s++;
2798 			    else
2799 			      break;
2800 			  }
2801 			else if (*s == '*')
2802 			  break;
2803 
2804 			if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
2805 			  {
2806 			    cmpltr = 2;
2807 			    s += 3;
2808 			  }
2809 			else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
2810 			  {
2811 			    cmpltr = 3;
2812 			    s += 3;
2813 			  }
2814 			else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
2815 			  {
2816 			    cmpltr = 4;
2817 			    s += 3;
2818 			  }
2819 			else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
2820 			  {
2821 			    cmpltr = 6;
2822 			    s += 3;
2823 			  }
2824 			else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
2825 			  {
2826 			    cmpltr = 7;
2827 			    s += 3;
2828 			  }
2829 			else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
2830 			  {
2831 			    cmpltr = 0;
2832 			    flag = 1;
2833 			    s += 2;
2834 			  }
2835 			else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
2836 			  {
2837 			    cmpltr = 2;
2838 			    flag = 1;
2839 			    s += 3;
2840 			  }
2841 			else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
2842 			  {
2843 			    cmpltr = 3;
2844 			    flag = 1;
2845 			    s += 3;
2846 			  }
2847 			else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
2848 			  {
2849 			    cmpltr = 4;
2850 			    flag = 1;
2851 			    s += 3;
2852 			  }
2853 			else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
2854 			  {
2855 			    cmpltr = 6;
2856 			    flag = 1;
2857 			    s += 3;
2858 			  }
2859 			else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
2860 			  {
2861 			    cmpltr = 7;
2862 			    flag = 1;
2863 			    s += 3;
2864 			  }
2865 			else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
2866 			  {
2867 			    cmpltr = 1;
2868 			    flag = 0;
2869 			    s += 3;
2870 			  }
2871 			else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
2872 			  {
2873 			    cmpltr = 5;
2874 			    flag = 0;
2875 			    s += 3;
2876 			  }
2877 			else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
2878 			  {
2879 			    cmpltr = 1;
2880 			    flag = 1;
2881 			    s += 3;
2882 			  }
2883 			else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
2884 			  {
2885 			    cmpltr = 5;
2886 			    flag = 1;
2887 			    s += 3;
2888 			  }
2889 			/* ",*" is a valid condition.  */
2890 			else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t'))
2891 			  as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
2892 		      }
2893 		    opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2894 		    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2895 
2896 		  default:
2897 		    abort ();
2898 		  }
2899 		break;
2900 	      }
2901 
2902 	    /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions.  */
2903 	    case 'n':
2904 	      nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2905 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
2906 
2907 	    /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns.  */
2908 	    case 'N':
2909 	      nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2910 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
2911 
2912 	    /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches.  */
2913 	    case 'L':
2914 	      if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
2915 		s += 4;
2916 	      else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
2917 		s += 4;
2918 	      else
2919 		break;
2920 	      continue;
2921 
2922 	    /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array.   Valid values
2923 	       are 0..6 inclusive.  */
2924 	    case 'h':
2925 	      get_expression (s);
2926 	      s = expr_end;
2927 	      if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2928 		{
2929 		  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2930 		  CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2931 		  num++;
2932 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2933 		}
2934 	      else
2935 		break;
2936 
2937 	    /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array.   Valid values
2938 	       are 0..6 inclusive.  */
2939 	    case 'm':
2940 	      get_expression (s);
2941 	      if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2942 		{
2943 		  s = expr_end;
2944 		  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2945 		  CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2946 		  num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
2947 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2948 		}
2949 	      else
2950 		break;
2951 
2952 	    /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
2953 	    case '=':
2954 	      {
2955 		num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
2956 		INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2957 	      }
2958 
2959 	    /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31.  */
2960 	    case 'i':
2961 	      the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2962 	      get_expression (s);
2963 	      s = expr_end;
2964 	      if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2965 		{
2966 		  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2967 		  CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
2968 		  num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
2969 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2970 		}
2971 	      else
2972 		{
2973 		  if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
2974 		    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
2975 		  else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
2976 		    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
2977 		  else
2978 		    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
2979 		  the_insn.format = 11;
2980 		  continue;
2981 		}
2982 
2983 	    /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31.  */
2984 	    case 'J':
2985 	      the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2986 	      get_expression (s);
2987 	      s = expr_end;
2988 	      if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2989 		{
2990 		  int mb;
2991 
2992 		  /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
2993 		     for us to extract.  We need a cleaner way to do this.
2994 		     Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
2995 		     good to rethink this.  */
2996 		  mb = opcode & 1;
2997 		  opcode -= mb;
2998 		  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2999 		  if (mb != (num < 0))
3000 		    break;
3001 		  CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3002 		  num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3003 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3004 		}
3005 	      break;
3006 
3007 	    /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31.  */
3008 	    case 'K':
3009 	      the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3010 	      get_expression (s);
3011 	      s = expr_end;
3012 	      if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3013 		{
3014 		  int mb;
3015 
3016 		  mb = opcode & 1;
3017 		  opcode -= mb;
3018 		  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3019 		  if (mb == (num < 0))
3020 		    break;
3021 		  if (num % 4)
3022 		    break;
3023 		  CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3024 		  num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3025 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3026 		}
3027 	      break;
3028 
3029 	    /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31.  */
3030 	    case '<':
3031 	      the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3032 	      get_expression (s);
3033 	      s = expr_end;
3034 	      if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3035 		{
3036 		  int mb;
3037 
3038 		  mb = opcode & 1;
3039 		  opcode -= mb;
3040 		  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3041 		  if (mb != (num < 0))
3042 		    break;
3043 		  CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3044 		  num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3045 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3046 		}
3047 	      break;
3048 
3049 	    /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31.  */
3050 	    case '>':
3051 	      the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3052 	      get_expression (s);
3053 	      s = expr_end;
3054 	      if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3055 		{
3056 		  int mb;
3057 
3058 		  mb = opcode & 1;
3059 		  opcode -= mb;
3060 		  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3061 		  if (mb == (num < 0))
3062 		    break;
3063 		  if (num % 4)
3064 		    break;
3065 		  CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3066 		  num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3067 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3068 		}
3069 	      break;
3070 
3071 	    /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times.  */
3072 	    case '#':
3073 	      if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20)
3074 		break;
3075 	      the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3076 	      get_expression (s);
3077 	      s = expr_end;
3078 	      if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3079 		{
3080 		  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3081 		  if (num & 0x7)
3082 		    break;
3083 		  CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3084 		  if (num < 0)
3085 		    opcode |= 1;
3086 		  num &= 0x1fff;
3087 		  num >>= 3;
3088 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
3089 		}
3090 	      else
3091 		{
3092 		  if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3093 		    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3094 		  else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3095 		    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3096 		  else
3097 		    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3098 		  the_insn.format = 14;
3099 		  continue;
3100 		}
3101 	      break;
3102 
3103 	    /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice.  */
3104 	    case 'd':
3105 	      the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3106 	      get_expression (s);
3107 	      s = expr_end;
3108 	      if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3109 		{
3110 		  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3111 		  if (num & 0x3)
3112 		    break;
3113 		  CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3114 		  if (num < 0)
3115 		    opcode |= 1;
3116 		  num &= 0x1fff;
3117 		  num >>= 2;
3118 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3119 		}
3120 	      else
3121 		{
3122 		  if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3123 		    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3124 		  else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3125 		    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3126 		  else
3127 		    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3128 		  the_insn.format = 14;
3129 		  continue;
3130 		}
3131 
3132 	    /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31.  */
3133 	    case 'j':
3134 	      the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3135 	      get_expression (s);
3136 	      s = expr_end;
3137 	      if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3138 		{
3139 		  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3140 		  CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3141 		  num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3142 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3143 		}
3144 	      else
3145 		{
3146 		  if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3147 		    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3148 		  else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3149 		    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3150 		  else
3151 		    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3152 		  the_insn.format = 14;
3153 		  continue;
3154 		}
3155 
3156 	    /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31.  */
3157 	    case 'k':
3158 	      the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3159 	      get_expression (s);
3160 	      s = expr_end;
3161 	      if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3162 		{
3163 		  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3164 		  CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
3165 		  opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
3166 		  continue;
3167 		}
3168 	      else
3169 		{
3170 		  if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3171 		    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3172 		  else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3173 		    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3174 		  else
3175 		    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3176 		  the_insn.format = 21;
3177 		  continue;
3178 		}
3179 
3180 	    /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only).  */
3181 	    case 'l':
3182 	      the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3183 	      get_expression (s);
3184 	      s = expr_end;
3185 	      if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3186 		{
3187 		  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3188 		  CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3189 		  opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3190 		  continue;
3191 		}
3192 	      else
3193 		{
3194 		  /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode?  */
3195 		  if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3196 		    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3197 		  else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3198 		    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3199 		  else
3200 		    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3201 		  the_insn.format = 14;
3202 		  continue;
3203 		}
3204 
3205 	    /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide).  */
3206 	    case 'y':
3207 	      the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3208 	      get_expression (s);
3209 	      s = expr_end;
3210 	      if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3211 		{
3212 		  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3213 		  CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3214 		  CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
3215 		  opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3216 		  continue;
3217 		}
3218 	      else
3219 		{
3220 		  /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode?  */
3221 		  if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3222 		    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3223 		  else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3224 		    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3225 		  else
3226 		    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3227 		  the_insn.format = 14;
3228 		  continue;
3229 		}
3230 
3231 	    /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide).  */
3232 	    case '&':
3233 	      the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3234 	      get_expression (s);
3235 	      s = expr_end;
3236 	      if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3237 		{
3238 		  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3239 		  CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3240 		  CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
3241 		  opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3242 		  continue;
3243 		}
3244 	      else
3245 		{
3246 		  /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode?  */
3247 		  if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3248 		    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3249 		  else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3250 		    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3251 		  else
3252 		    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3253 		  the_insn.format = 14;
3254 		  continue;
3255 		}
3256 
3257 	    /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement.  */
3258 	    case 'w':
3259 	      the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3260 	      get_expression (s);
3261 	      s = expr_end;
3262 	      the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3263 	      if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3264 		  || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3265 			      FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3266 		{
3267 		  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3268 		  if (num % 4)
3269 		    {
3270 		      as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3271 		      break;
3272 		    }
3273 		  if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3274 		    num -= 8;
3275 		  CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3276 		  opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
3277 		  continue;
3278 		}
3279 	      else
3280 		{
3281 		  the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3282 		  the_insn.format = 12;
3283 		  the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3284 		  memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3285 		  s = expr_end;
3286 		  continue;
3287 		}
3288 
3289 	    /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement.  */
3290 	    case 'W':
3291 	      the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3292 	      get_expression (s);
3293 	      s = expr_end;
3294 	      the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3295 	      if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3296 		  || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3297 			      FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3298 		{
3299 		  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3300 		  if (num % 4)
3301 		    {
3302 		      as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3303 		      break;
3304 		    }
3305 		  if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3306 		    num -= 8;
3307 		  CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3308 		  opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3309 		  continue;
3310 		}
3311 	      else
3312 		{
3313 		  the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3314 		  the_insn.format = 17;
3315 		  the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3316 		  memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3317 		  continue;
3318 		}
3319 
3320 	    /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement.  */
3321 	    case 'X':
3322 	      the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3323 	      get_expression (s);
3324 	      s = expr_end;
3325 	      the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3326 	      if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3327 		  || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3328 			      FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3329 		{
3330 		  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3331 		  if (num % 4)
3332 		    {
3333 		      as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3334 		      break;
3335 		    }
3336 		  if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3337 		    num -= 8;
3338 		  CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
3339 		  opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
3340 		}
3341 	      else
3342 		{
3343 		  the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3344 		  the_insn.format = 22;
3345 		  the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3346 		  memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3347 		  continue;
3348 		}
3349 
3350 	    /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target.  */
3351 	    case 'z':
3352 	      the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3353 	      get_expression (s);
3354 	      s = expr_end;
3355 	      the_insn.pcrel = 0;
3356 	      if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3357 		  || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3358 			      FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3359 		{
3360 		  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3361 		  if (num % 4)
3362 		    {
3363 		      as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3364 		      break;
3365 		    }
3366 		  if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3367 		    num -= 8;
3368 		  CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3369 		  opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3370 		  continue;
3371 		}
3372 	      else
3373 		{
3374 		  the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
3375 		  the_insn.format = 17;
3376 		  the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3377 		  memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3378 		  continue;
3379 		}
3380 
3381 	    /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction.  */
3382 	    case 'Z':
3383 	      if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
3384 		  && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
3385 		{
3386 		  s += 4;
3387 		  continue;
3388 		}
3389 	      else
3390 	        break;
3391 
3392 	    /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction.  */
3393 	    case 'Y':
3394 	      if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
3395 		break;
3396 	      s += 9;
3397 	      continue;
3398 
3399 	    /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions.  */
3400 	    case '@':
3401 	      if (*s != '0')
3402 		break;
3403 	      s++;
3404 	      continue;
3405 
3406 	    /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25.  */
3407 	    case '.':
3408 	      num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3409 	      if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3410 		break;
3411 	      s = expr_end;
3412 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
3413 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3414 
3415 	    /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25.  */
3416 	    case '*':
3417 	      num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3418 	      if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3419 		break;
3420 	      s = expr_end;
3421 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
3422 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3423 
3424 	    /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26.  */
3425 	    case 'p':
3426 	      num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3427 	      if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3428 		break;
3429 	      s = expr_end;
3430 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3431 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
3432 
3433 	    /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26.  */
3434 	    case '~':
3435 	      num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3436 	      if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3437 		break;
3438 	      s = expr_end;
3439 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3440 	      num = 63 - num;
3441 	      opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3442 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3443 
3444 	    /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31.  */
3445 	    case '%':
3446 	      flag = 0;
3447 	      num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3448 	      if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3449 		break;
3450 	      s = expr_end;
3451 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3452 	      num--;
3453 	      opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
3454 	      num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3455 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3456 
3457 	    /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31.  */
3458 	    case '|':
3459 	      num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3460 	      if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3461 		break;
3462 	      s = expr_end;
3463 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3464 	      num--;
3465 	      opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
3466 	      num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3467 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3468 
3469 	    /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26.  */
3470 	    case 'P':
3471 	      num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3472 	      if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3473 		break;
3474 	      s = expr_end;
3475 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3476 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
3477 
3478 	    /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26.  */
3479 	    case 'q':
3480 	      num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3481 	      if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3482 		break;
3483 	      s = expr_end;
3484 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3485 	      opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3486 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3487 
3488 	    /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
3489 	       of the high bit of the immediate.  */
3490 	    case 'B':
3491 	      num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3492 	      if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3493 		break;
3494 	      s = expr_end;
3495 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3496 	      if (num & 0x20)
3497 		;
3498 	      else
3499 		opcode |= (1 << 13);
3500 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
3501 
3502 	    /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10.  */
3503 	    case 'Q':
3504 	      num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3505 	      if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3506 		break;
3507 	      s = expr_end;
3508 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3509 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3510 
3511 	    /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28.  */
3512 	    case '$':
3513 	      num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3514 	      if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3515 		break;
3516 	      s = expr_end;
3517 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
3518 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3519 
3520 	    /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18.  */
3521 	    case 'A':
3522 	      num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3523 	      if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3524 		break;
3525 	      s = expr_end;
3526 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
3527 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
3528 
3529 	    /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31.  */
3530 	    case 'D':
3531 	      num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3532 	      if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3533 		break;
3534 	      s = expr_end;
3535 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
3536 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3537 
3538 	    /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25.  */
3539 	    case 'v':
3540 	      if (*s++ != ',')
3541 		as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
3542 	      num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3543 	      if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3544 		break;
3545 	      s = expr_end;
3546 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3547 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3548 
3549 	    /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0.  */
3550 	    case 'O':
3551 	      num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3552 	      if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3553 		break;
3554 	      s = expr_end;
3555 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
3556 	      num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
3557 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3558 
3559 	    /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1.  */
3560 	    case 'o':
3561 	      num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3562 	      if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3563 		break;
3564 	      s = expr_end;
3565 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3566 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3567 
3568 	    /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3.  */
3569 	    case '0':
3570 	      num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3571 	      if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3572 		break;
3573 	      s = expr_end;
3574 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3575 	      num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
3576 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3577 
3578 	    /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2.  */
3579 	    case '1':
3580 	      num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3581 	      if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3582 		break;
3583 	      s = expr_end;
3584 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3585 	      num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
3586 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3587 
3588 	    /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field.  */
3589 	    case 'u':
3590 	      if (*s++ != ',')
3591 		as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
3592 	      num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3593 	      if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3594 		break;
3595 	      s = expr_end;
3596 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3597 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3598 
3599 	    /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr.  */
3600 	    case '2':
3601 	      num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3602 	      if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3603 		break;
3604 	      s = expr_end;
3605 	      CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
3606 	      num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
3607 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3608 
3609 	    /* Handle a source FP operand format completer.  */
3610 	    case '{':
3611 	      if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
3612 		{
3613 		  the_insn.trunc = 1;
3614 		  s += 2;
3615 		}
3616 	      else
3617 		the_insn.trunc = 0;
3618 	      flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3619 	      the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3620 	      if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3621 		flag = SGL;
3622 	      if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3623 		flag = DBL;
3624 	      if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3625 		flag = QUAD;
3626 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3627 
3628 	    /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer.  */
3629 	    case '_':
3630 	      /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix.  */
3631 	      s--;
3632 	      flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3633 	      the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3634 	      if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3635 		flag = SGL;
3636 	      if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3637 		flag = DBL;
3638 	      if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3639 		flag = QUAD;
3640 	      opcode |= flag << 13;
3641 	      if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
3642 		  || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
3643 		  || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
3644 		{
3645 		  if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3646 		      || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3647 		      || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3648 		    flag = 0;
3649 		  else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
3650 		      || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
3651 		      || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
3652 		    flag = 2;
3653 		  else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
3654 		      || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
3655 		      || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
3656 		    flag = 6;
3657 		  else
3658 		    abort ();
3659 		}
3660 	      else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
3661 		       || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
3662 		       || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
3663 		{
3664 		  if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3665 		      || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3666 		      || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3667 		    flag = 1;
3668 		  else
3669 		    abort ();
3670 		}
3671 	      else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
3672 		       || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
3673 		       || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
3674 		{
3675 		  if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3676 		      || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3677 		      || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3678 		    flag = 5;
3679 		  else
3680 		    abort ();
3681 		}
3682 	      flag |= the_insn.trunc;
3683 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
3684 
3685 	    /* Handle a source FP operand format completer.  */
3686 	    case 'F':
3687 	      flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3688 	      the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3689 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3690 
3691 	    /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer.  */
3692 	    case 'G':
3693 	      /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix.  */
3694 	      s--;
3695 	      flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3696 	      the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3697 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
3698 
3699 	    /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20.  */
3700 	    case 'I':
3701 	      flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3702 	      the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3703 	      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3704 
3705 	    /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
3706 	       Only allows single and double precision.  */
3707 	    case 'H':
3708 	      flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3709 	      switch (flag)
3710 		{
3711 		case SGL:
3712 		  opcode |= 0x20;
3713 		case DBL:
3714 		  the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3715 		  continue;
3716 
3717 		case QUAD:
3718 		case ILLEGAL_FMT:
3719 		default:
3720 		  as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
3721 		}
3722 	      break;
3723 
3724 	    /* Handle all floating point registers.  */
3725 	    case 'f':
3726 	      switch (*++args)
3727 	        {
3728 		/* Float target register.  */
3729 		case 't':
3730 		  if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3731 		    break;
3732 		  num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3733 		  CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3734 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3735 
3736 		/* Float target register with L/R selection.  */
3737 		case 'T':
3738 		  {
3739 		    if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3740 		      break;
3741 		    num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3742 		    CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3743 		    opcode |= num;
3744 
3745 		    /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
3746 		       and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes.  This
3747 		       is not necessary for loads/stores.  */
3748 		    if (need_pa11_opcode ()
3749 			&& ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
3750 		      opcode |= 1 << 27;
3751 
3752 		    opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
3753 		    continue;
3754 		  }
3755 
3756 		/* Float operand 1.  */
3757 		case 'a':
3758 		  {
3759 		    if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3760 		      break;
3761 		    num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3762 		    CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3763 		    opcode |= num << 21;
3764 		    if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3765 		      {
3766 			opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3767 			opcode |= 1 << 27;
3768 		      }
3769 		    continue;
3770 		  }
3771 
3772 		/* Float operand 1 with L/R selection.  */
3773 		case 'X':
3774 		case 'A':
3775 		  {
3776 		    if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3777 		      break;
3778 		    num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3779 		    CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3780 		    opcode |= num << 21;
3781 		    opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3782 		    continue;
3783 		  }
3784 
3785 		/* Float operand 2.  */
3786 		case 'b':
3787 		  {
3788 		    if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3789 		      break;
3790 		    num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3791 		    CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3792 		    opcode |= num << 16;
3793 		    if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3794 		      {
3795 			opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3796 			opcode |= 1 << 27;
3797 		      }
3798 		    continue;
3799 		  }
3800 
3801 		/* Float operand 2 with L/R selection.  */
3802 		case 'B':
3803 		  {
3804 		    if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3805 		      break;
3806 		    num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3807 		    CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3808 		    opcode |= num << 16;
3809 		    opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3810 		    continue;
3811 		  }
3812 
3813 		/* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd.  */
3814 		case 'C':
3815 		  {
3816 		    if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3817 		      break;
3818 		    num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3819 		    CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3820 		    opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
3821 		    opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
3822 		    opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
3823 		    continue;
3824 		  }
3825 
3826 		/* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3827 		case 'i':
3828 		  {
3829 		    if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3830 		      break;
3831 		    num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3832 		    CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3833 		    if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3834 		      {
3835 			if (num < 16)
3836 			  {
3837 			    as_bad  (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3838 			    break;
3839 			  }
3840 			num &= 0xF;
3841 			num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3842 		      }
3843 		    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3844 		  }
3845 
3846 		/* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3847 		case 'j':
3848 		  {
3849 		    if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3850 		      break;
3851 		    num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3852 		    CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3853 		    if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3854 		      {
3855 		        if (num < 16)
3856 		          {
3857 			    as_bad  (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3858 			    break;
3859 		          }
3860 		        num &= 0xF;
3861 		        num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3862 		      }
3863 		    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3864 		  }
3865 
3866 		/* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3867 		case 'k':
3868 		  {
3869 		    if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3870 		      break;
3871 		    num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3872 		    CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3873 		    if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3874 		      {
3875 		        if (num < 16)
3876 		          {
3877 			    as_bad  (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3878 			    break;
3879 		          }
3880 		        num &= 0xF;
3881 		        num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3882 		      }
3883 		    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3884 		  }
3885 
3886 		/* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3887 		case 'l':
3888 		  {
3889 		    if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3890 		      break;
3891 		    num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3892 		    CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3893 		    if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3894 		      {
3895 		        if (num < 16)
3896 		          {
3897 			    as_bad  (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3898 			    break;
3899 		          }
3900 		        num &= 0xF;
3901 		        num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3902 		      }
3903 		    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3904 		  }
3905 
3906 		/* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3907 		case 'm':
3908 		  {
3909 		    if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3910 		      break;
3911 		    num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3912 		    CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3913 		    if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3914 		      {
3915 		        if (num < 16)
3916 		          {
3917 			    as_bad  (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3918 			    break;
3919 		          }
3920 		        num &= 0xF;
3921 		        num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3922 		      }
3923 		    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3924 		  }
3925 
3926 		/* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'.  */
3927 		case 'E':
3928 		case 'e':
3929 		  {
3930 		    if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3931 		      break;
3932 		    num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3933 		    CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3934 		    opcode |= num << 16;
3935 		    if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3936 		      {
3937 			opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
3938 		      }
3939 		    continue;
3940 		  }
3941 
3942 		/* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide).  */
3943 		case 'x':
3944 		  if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3945 		    break;
3946 		  num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3947 		  CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3948 		  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3949 
3950 		default:
3951 		  abort ();
3952 		}
3953 	      break;
3954 
3955 	    default:
3956 	      abort ();
3957 	    }
3958 	  break;
3959 	}
3960 
3961       /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
3962 	 then set a new architecture.  This automatic promotion crud is
3963 	 for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only.  */
3964       if (match == TRUE
3965 	  && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch
3966 	  && !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
3967 	{
3968 	  as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
3969 	  match = FALSE;
3970 	}
3971 
3972  failed:
3973       /* Check if the args matched.  */
3974       if (!match)
3975 	{
3976 	  if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
3977 	      && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
3978 	    {
3979 	      ++insn;
3980 	      s = argstart;
3981 	      continue;
3982 	    }
3983 	  else
3984 	    {
3985 	      as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
3986 	      return;
3987 	    }
3988 	}
3989       break;
3990     }
3991 
3992   the_insn.opcode = opcode;
3993 }
3994 
3995 /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
3996    type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP.  The number of LITTLENUMS
3997    emitted is stored in *sizeP .  An error message or NULL is returned.  */
3998 
3999 #define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
4000 
4001 char *
md_atof(type,litP,sizeP)4002 md_atof (type, litP, sizeP)
4003      char type;
4004      char *litP;
4005      int *sizeP;
4006 {
4007   int prec;
4008   LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
4009   LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
4010   char *t;
4011 
4012   switch (type)
4013     {
4014 
4015     case 'f':
4016     case 'F':
4017     case 's':
4018     case 'S':
4019       prec = 2;
4020       break;
4021 
4022     case 'd':
4023     case 'D':
4024     case 'r':
4025     case 'R':
4026       prec = 4;
4027       break;
4028 
4029     case 'x':
4030     case 'X':
4031       prec = 6;
4032       break;
4033 
4034     case 'p':
4035     case 'P':
4036       prec = 6;
4037       break;
4038 
4039     default:
4040       *sizeP = 0;
4041       return _("Bad call to MD_ATOF()");
4042     }
4043   t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
4044   if (t)
4045     input_line_pointer = t;
4046   *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4047   for (wordP = words; prec--;)
4048     {
4049       md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) (*wordP++), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
4050       litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4051     }
4052   return NULL;
4053 }
4054 
4055 /* Write out big-endian.  */
4056 
4057 void
md_number_to_chars(buf,val,n)4058 md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n)
4059      char *buf;
4060      valueT val;
4061      int n;
4062 {
4063   number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
4064 }
4065 
4066 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
4067    format.  */
4068 
4069 arelent **
tc_gen_reloc(section,fixp)4070 tc_gen_reloc (section, fixp)
4071      asection *section;
4072      fixS *fixp;
4073 {
4074   arelent *reloc;
4075   struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
4076   static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
4077   arelent **relocs;
4078   reloc_type **codes;
4079   reloc_type code;
4080   int n_relocs;
4081   int i;
4082 
4083   hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
4084   if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
4085     return &no_relocs;
4086 
4087   assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
4088   assert (section != 0);
4089 
4090   reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
4091 
4092   reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4093   *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4094   codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
4095 			       fixp->fx_r_type,
4096 			       hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
4097 			       hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
4098 			       fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
4099 			       symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
4100 
4101   if (codes == NULL)
4102     {
4103       as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
4104       abort ();
4105     }
4106 
4107   for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
4108     ;
4109 
4110   relocs = (arelent **) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
4111   reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
4112   for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4113     relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
4114 
4115   relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
4116 
4117 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4118   switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
4119     {
4120     default:
4121       assert (n_relocs == 1);
4122 
4123       code = *codes[0];
4124 
4125       /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type.  */
4126       switch (code)
4127 	{
4128 	case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
4129 	case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
4130 	case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
4131 	case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
4132 	case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
4133 	case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
4134 	  /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4135 	     relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4136 	     (static link required).  This adjustment is done in
4137 	     bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
4138 
4139 	     We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4140 	     it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4141 	     it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry.  */
4142 	  reloc->addend = 0;
4143 	  break;
4144 
4145 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
4146 	case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
4147 	case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
4148 	case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
4149 	case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
4150 	case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
4151 	case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
4152 	case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
4153 	  reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
4154 					 fixp->fx_offset);
4155 	  break;
4156 #endif
4157 
4158 	case R_PARISC_DIR32:
4159 	  /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info.  */
4160 	  if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
4161 	    code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
4162 	  /* Fall thru */
4163 
4164 	default:
4165 	  reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4166 	  break;
4167 	}
4168 
4169       reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4170       *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4171       reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4172 					    (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4173       reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4174 
4175       assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
4176       break;
4177     }
4178 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
4179 
4180   /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend.  */
4181   for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4182     {
4183       code = *codes[i];
4184 
4185       relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4186       *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4187       relocs[i]->howto =
4188 	bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4189 			       (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4190       relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4191 
4192       switch (code)
4193 	{
4194 	case R_COMP2:
4195 	  /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
4196 	     of two symbols.  With that in mind we fill in all four
4197 	     relocs now and break out of the loop.  */
4198 	  assert (i == 1);
4199 	  relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4200 	  relocs[0]->howto =
4201 	    bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4202 				   (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
4203 	  relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4204 	  relocs[0]->addend = 0;
4205 	  relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4206 	  *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4207 	  relocs[1]->howto =
4208 	    bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4209 				   (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
4210 	  relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4211 	  relocs[1]->addend = 0;
4212 	  relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4213 	  *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
4214 	  relocs[2]->howto =
4215 	    bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4216 				   (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
4217 	  relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4218 	  relocs[2]->addend = 0;
4219 	  relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4220 	  relocs[3]->howto =
4221 	    bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4222 				   (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
4223 	  relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4224 	  relocs[3]->addend = 0;
4225 	  relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4226 	  relocs[4]->howto =
4227 	    bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4228 				   (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
4229 	  relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4230 	  relocs[4]->addend = 0;
4231 	  goto done;
4232 	case R_PCREL_CALL:
4233 	case R_ABS_CALL:
4234 	  relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
4235 	  break;
4236 
4237 	case R_DLT_REL:
4238 	case R_DATA_PLABEL:
4239 	case R_CODE_PLABEL:
4240 	  /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4241 	     relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4242 	     (static link required).
4243 
4244 	     FIXME: We always assume no static link!
4245 
4246 	     We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4247 	     it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4248 	     it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry.  */
4249 	  relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4250 	  break;
4251 
4252 	case R_N_MODE:
4253 	case R_S_MODE:
4254 	case R_D_MODE:
4255 	case R_R_MODE:
4256 	case R_FSEL:
4257 	case R_LSEL:
4258 	case R_RSEL:
4259 	case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
4260 	case R_END_BRTAB:
4261 	case R_BEGIN_TRY:
4262 	case R_N0SEL:
4263 	case R_N1SEL:
4264 	  /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups.  */
4265 	  relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4266 	  *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4267 	  relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4268 	  break;
4269 
4270 	case R_END_TRY:
4271 	case R_ENTRY:
4272 	case R_EXIT:
4273 	  /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups.  */
4274 	  relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4275 	  *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4276 	  relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4277 	  break;
4278 
4279 	default:
4280 	  relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4281 	}
4282     }
4283 
4284  done:
4285 #endif
4286 
4287   return relocs;
4288 }
4289 
4290 /* Process any machine dependent frag types.  */
4291 
4292 void
md_convert_frag(abfd,sec,fragP)4293 md_convert_frag (abfd, sec, fragP)
4294      register bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4295      register asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4296      register fragS *fragP;
4297 {
4298   unsigned int address;
4299 
4300   if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
4301     {
4302       switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
4303 	{
4304 	case 0:
4305 	  fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
4306 	  know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
4307 	  know (fragP->fr_next);
4308 	  address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
4309 	  if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
4310 	    {
4311 	      fragP->fr_offset =
4312 		fragP->fr_next->fr_address
4313 		- fragP->fr_address
4314 		- fragP->fr_fix;
4315 	    }
4316 	  else
4317 	    fragP->fr_offset = 0;
4318 	  break;
4319 	}
4320     }
4321 }
4322 
4323 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary.  */
4324 
4325 valueT
md_section_align(segment,size)4326 md_section_align (segment, size)
4327      asection *segment;
4328      valueT size;
4329 {
4330   int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
4331   int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
4332 
4333   return (size + align2) & ~align2;
4334 }
4335 
4336 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred.  */
4337 int
md_estimate_size_before_relax(fragP,segment)4338 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragP, segment)
4339      register fragS *fragP;
4340      asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4341 {
4342   int size;
4343 
4344   size = 0;
4345 
4346   while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
4347     size++;
4348 
4349   return size;
4350 }
4351 
4352 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4353 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4354 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
4355 # else
4356 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
4357 # endif
4358 #else
4359 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4360 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
4361 # else
4362 const char *md_shortopts = "";
4363 # endif
4364 #endif
4365 
4366 struct option md_longopts[] = {
4367 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4368   {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
4369 #endif
4370   {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
4371 };
4372 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
4373 
4374 int
md_parse_option(c,arg)4375 md_parse_option (c, arg)
4376      int c ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4377      char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4378 {
4379   switch (c)
4380     {
4381     default:
4382       return 0;
4383 
4384 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4385     case 'V':
4386       print_version_id ();
4387       break;
4388 #endif
4389 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4390     case 'c':
4391       warn_comment = 1;
4392       break;
4393 #endif
4394     }
4395 
4396   return 1;
4397 }
4398 
4399 void
md_show_usage(stream)4400 md_show_usage (stream)
4401      FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4402 {
4403 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4404   fprintf (stream, _("\
4405   -Q                      ignored\n"));
4406 #endif
4407 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4408   fprintf (stream, _("\
4409   -c                      print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
4410 #endif
4411 }
4412 
4413 /* We have no need to default values of symbols.  */
4414 
4415 symbolS *
md_undefined_symbol(name)4416 md_undefined_symbol (name)
4417      char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4418 {
4419   return 0;
4420 }
4421 
4422 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
4423 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
4424   ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
4425 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
4426   (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
4427 #else
4428 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
4429 #endif
4430 
4431 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction.  */
4432 
4433 void
md_apply_fix(fixP,valP,seg)4434 md_apply_fix (fixP, valP, seg)
4435      fixS *fixP;
4436      valueT *valP;
4437      segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4438 {
4439   char *fixpos;
4440   struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
4441   offsetT new_val;
4442   int insn, val, fmt;
4443 
4444   /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
4445      never be "applied" (they are just markers).  Likewise for
4446      R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB.  */
4447 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4448   if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
4449       || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
4450       || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
4451       || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
4452       || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
4453     return;
4454 
4455   /* Disgusting.  We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
4456      fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
4457      adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset.  Ugh.  */
4458   if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
4459     {
4460       fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
4461       return;
4462     }
4463 #endif
4464 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4465   if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
4466       || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
4467     return;
4468 #endif
4469 
4470   if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
4471     fixP->fx_done = 1;
4472 
4473   /* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup.  */
4474   hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
4475   if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
4476     {
4477       as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4478 		    _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
4479 		    fixP->fx_r_type);
4480       return;
4481     }
4482 
4483   fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
4484 
4485   if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32)
4486     {
4487       /* Handle constant output. */
4488       number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size);
4489       return;
4490     }
4491 
4492   insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos);
4493   fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
4494 
4495   /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
4496      which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
4497      In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
4498      will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc.  */
4499   if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4500        || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
4501 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4502       && fmt != 32
4503 #endif
4504       )
4505     new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4506 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4507   /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend.  */
4508   else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
4509 	   || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
4510 	   || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
4511 	   || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
4512 	   || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
4513 	   || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
4514     new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4515 #endif
4516   else
4517     new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4518 
4519   /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above.  */
4520   if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
4521       && fixP->fx_addsy
4522       && fixP->fx_pcrel
4523       && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
4524 				 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
4525 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4526       && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
4527 	  || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
4528 	  || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4529 #endif
4530 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4531       && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
4532 	  || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4533 #endif
4534       && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
4535       && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
4536       && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
4537       && !(fixP->fx_subsy
4538 	   && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
4539     {
4540       new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4541     }
4542 
4543   switch (fmt)
4544     {
4545     case 10:
4546       CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4547 			 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4548       val = new_val;
4549 
4550       insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
4551 				  | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4552       break;
4553     case -11:
4554       CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4555 			 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4556       val = new_val;
4557 
4558       insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
4559 				  | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4560       break;
4561       /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type.  */
4562     case 14:
4563       CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4564 			 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4565       val = new_val;
4566 
4567       insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
4568       break;
4569 
4570       /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type.  */
4571     case 21:
4572       CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
4573 			 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4574       val = new_val;
4575 
4576       insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
4577       break;
4578 
4579       /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type.  */
4580     case 11:
4581       CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
4582 			 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4583       val = new_val;
4584 
4585       insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
4586       break;
4587 
4588       /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type.  */
4589     case 12:
4590       CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
4591 			 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4592       val = new_val - 8;
4593 
4594       insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
4595       break;
4596 
4597       /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type.  */
4598     case 17:
4599       {
4600 	offsetT distance = * valP;
4601 
4602 	/* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4603 	   range target, then we want to complain.  */
4604 	if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4605 	    && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4606 	  CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
4607 			     fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4608 
4609 	CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
4610 			   fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4611 	val = new_val - 8;
4612 
4613 	insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
4614 	break;
4615       }
4616 
4617     case 22:
4618       {
4619 	offsetT distance = * valP;
4620 
4621 	/* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4622 	   range target, then we want to complain.  */
4623 	if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4624 	    && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4625 	  CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4626 			     fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4627 
4628 	CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4629 			   fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4630 	val = new_val - 8;
4631 
4632 	insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
4633 	break;
4634       }
4635 
4636     case -10:
4637       val = new_val;
4638       insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
4639       break;
4640 
4641     case -16:
4642       val = new_val;
4643       insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
4644       break;
4645 
4646     case 16:
4647       val = new_val;
4648       insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
4649       break;
4650 
4651     case 32:
4652       insn = new_val;
4653       break;
4654 
4655     default:
4656       as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4657 		    _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
4658       return;
4659     }
4660 
4661   /* Insert the relocation.  */
4662   bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos);
4663 }
4664 
4665 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
4666    On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset.  */
4667 
4668 long
md_pcrel_from(fixP)4669 md_pcrel_from (fixP)
4670      fixS *fixP;
4671 {
4672   return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
4673 }
4674 
4675 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
4676    a statement.  */
4677 
4678 static int
is_end_of_statement()4679 is_end_of_statement ()
4680 {
4681   return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
4682 	  || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
4683 	  || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
4684 }
4685 
4686 /* Read a number from S.  The number might come in one of many forms,
4687    the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
4688    a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
4689 
4690    Return 1 on success or 0 on failure.  If STRICT, then a missing
4691    register prefix will cause a failure.  The number itself is
4692    returned in `pa_number'.
4693 
4694    IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
4695    parsed;  A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
4696    not set.
4697 
4698    pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
4699    horribly if it is passed such a constant.  */
4700 
4701 static int
pa_parse_number(s,is_float)4702 pa_parse_number (s, is_float)
4703      char **s;
4704      int is_float;
4705 {
4706   int num;
4707   char *name;
4708   char c;
4709   symbolS *sym;
4710   int status;
4711   char *p = *s;
4712   bfd_boolean have_prefix;
4713 
4714   /* Skip whitespace before the number.  */
4715   while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
4716     p = p + 1;
4717 
4718   pa_number = -1;
4719   have_prefix = 0;
4720   num = 0;
4721   if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
4722     {
4723       /* Looks like a number.  */
4724 
4725       if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
4726 	{
4727 	  /* The number is specified in hex.  */
4728 	  p += 2;
4729 	  while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
4730 		 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
4731 	    {
4732 	      if (ISDIGIT (*p))
4733 		num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
4734 	      else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
4735 		num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
4736 	      else
4737 		num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
4738 	      ++p;
4739 	    }
4740 	}
4741       else
4742 	{
4743 	  /* The number is specified in decimal.  */
4744 	  while (ISDIGIT (*p))
4745 	    {
4746 	      num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
4747 	      ++p;
4748 	    }
4749 	}
4750 
4751       pa_number = num;
4752 
4753       /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix.  */
4754       if (is_float)
4755 	{
4756 	  pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
4757 	  if (! (is_float & 2))
4758 	    {
4759 	      if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
4760 		{
4761 		  pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
4762 		  ++p;
4763 		}
4764 	      else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
4765 		{
4766 		  ++p;
4767 		}
4768 	    }
4769 	}
4770     }
4771   else if (*p == '%')
4772     {
4773       /* The number might be a predefined register.  */
4774       have_prefix = 1;
4775       name = p;
4776       p++;
4777       c = *p;
4778       /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
4779          code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
4780          slow.  */
4781       if (c == 'r')
4782 	{
4783 	  p++;
4784 	  if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
4785 	      && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
4786 	    {
4787 	      p += 2;
4788 	      num = *p - '0' + 28;
4789 	      p++;
4790 	    }
4791 	  else if (*p == 'p')
4792 	    {
4793 	      num = 2;
4794 	      p++;
4795 	    }
4796 	  else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
4797 	    {
4798 	      if (print_errors)
4799 		as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4800 	      num = -1;
4801 	    }
4802 	  else
4803 	    {
4804 	      do
4805 		num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
4806 	      while (ISDIGIT (*p));
4807 	    }
4808 	}
4809       else
4810 	{
4811 	  /* Do a normal register search.  */
4812 	  while (is_part_of_name (c))
4813 	    {
4814 	      p = p + 1;
4815 	      c = *p;
4816 	    }
4817 	  *p = 0;
4818 	  status = reg_name_search (name);
4819 	  if (status >= 0)
4820 	    num = status;
4821 	  else
4822 	    {
4823 	      if (print_errors)
4824 		as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4825 	      num = -1;
4826 	    }
4827 	  *p = c;
4828 	}
4829 
4830       pa_number = num;
4831     }
4832   else
4833     {
4834       /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
4835          is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol.  */
4836       name = p;
4837       c = *p;
4838       while (is_part_of_name (c))
4839 	{
4840 	  p = p + 1;
4841 	  c = *p;
4842 	}
4843       *p = 0;
4844       if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
4845 	{
4846 	  if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
4847 	    {
4848 	      num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4849 	      /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
4850 		 register, so...  */
4851 	      have_prefix = TRUE;
4852 	    }
4853 	  else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
4854 	    num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4855 	  else if (!strict)
4856 	    {
4857 	      if (print_errors)
4858 		as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
4859 	      num = -1;
4860 	    }
4861 	}
4862       else if (!strict)
4863 	{
4864 	  /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
4865 	     or for an empty string.  For an empty string we
4866 	     will return zero.  That's a concession made for
4867 	     compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers.  */
4868 	  if (*name == 0)
4869 	    num = 0;
4870 	  else
4871 	    {
4872 	      if (print_errors)
4873 		as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
4874 	      num = -1;
4875 	    }
4876 	}
4877       *p = c;
4878 
4879       pa_number = num;
4880     }
4881 
4882   if (!strict || have_prefix)
4883     {
4884       *s = p;
4885       return 1;
4886     }
4887   return 0;
4888 }
4889 
4890 #define REG_NAME_CNT	(sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
4891 
4892 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
4893    the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure.  */
4894 
4895 static int
reg_name_search(name)4896 reg_name_search (name)
4897      char *name;
4898 {
4899   int middle, low, high;
4900   int cmp;
4901 
4902   low = 0;
4903   high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
4904 
4905   do
4906     {
4907       middle = (low + high) / 2;
4908       cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
4909       if (cmp < 0)
4910 	high = middle - 1;
4911       else if (cmp > 0)
4912 	low = middle + 1;
4913       else
4914 	return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
4915     }
4916   while (low <= high);
4917 
4918   return -1;
4919 }
4920 
4921 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
4922    a new PA-1.1 opcode.  */
4923 
4924 static int
need_pa11_opcode()4925 need_pa11_opcode ()
4926 {
4927   if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
4928       && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
4929     {
4930       /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
4931 	 then set a new architecture.  */
4932       if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
4933 	{
4934 	  if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
4935 	    as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
4936 	}
4937       return TRUE;
4938     }
4939   else
4940     return FALSE;
4941 }
4942 
4943 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction.  Return the numerical
4944    code associated with the condition.  */
4945 
4946 static int
pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond(s)4947 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (s)
4948      char **s;
4949 {
4950   int cond, i;
4951 
4952   cond = 0;
4953 
4954   for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
4955     {
4956       if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
4957 		       strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
4958 	{
4959 	  cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
4960 	  *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4961 	  /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
4962 	     report an error.  */
4963 	  if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4964 	    {
4965 	      *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4966 	      break;
4967 	    }
4968 	  while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
4969 	    *s = *s + 1;
4970 	  return cond;
4971 	}
4972     }
4973 
4974   as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
4975 
4976   /* Advance over the bogus completer.  */
4977   while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4978     *s += 1;
4979 
4980   return 0;
4981 }
4982 
4983 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest.  */
4984 
4985 static int
pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer(s)4986 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (s)
4987      char **s;
4988 {
4989   int value;
4990 
4991   value = 0;
4992   if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
4993     {
4994       value = 5;
4995       *s += 4;
4996     }
4997   else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
4998     {
4999       value = 9;
5000       *s += 4;
5001     }
5002   else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
5003     {
5004       value = 13;
5005       *s += 4;
5006     }
5007   else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
5008     {
5009       value = 17;
5010       *s += 4;
5011     }
5012   else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
5013     {
5014       value = 1;
5015       *s += 3;
5016     }
5017   else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
5018     {
5019       value = 6;
5020       *s += 4;
5021     }
5022   else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
5023     {
5024       value = 2;
5025       *s += 3;
5026     }
5027   else
5028     {
5029       value = 0;
5030       as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
5031     }
5032 
5033   return value;
5034 }
5035 
5036 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5037    type.  */
5038 
5039 static fp_operand_format
pa_parse_fp_cnv_format(s)5040 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (s)
5041      char **s;
5042 {
5043   int format;
5044 
5045   format = SGL;
5046   if (**s == ',')
5047     {
5048       *s += 1;
5049       if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5050 	{
5051 	  format = SGL;
5052 	  *s += 4;
5053 	}
5054       else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5055 	{
5056 	  format = DBL;
5057 	  *s += 4;
5058 	}
5059       else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5060 	{
5061 	  format = QUAD;
5062 	  *s += 5;
5063 	}
5064       else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
5065 	{
5066 	  format = W;
5067 	  *s += 2;
5068 	}
5069       else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
5070 	{
5071 	  format = UW;
5072 	  *s += 3;
5073 	}
5074       else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
5075 	{
5076 	  format = DW;
5077 	  *s += 3;
5078 	}
5079       else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
5080 	{
5081 	  format = UDW;
5082 	  *s += 4;
5083 	}
5084       else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
5085 	{
5086 	  format = QW;
5087 	  *s += 3;
5088 	}
5089       else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
5090 	{
5091 	  format = UQW;
5092 	  *s += 4;
5093 	}
5094       else
5095 	{
5096 	  format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5097 	  as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5098 	}
5099     }
5100 
5101   return format;
5102 }
5103 
5104 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5105    type.  */
5106 
5107 static fp_operand_format
pa_parse_fp_format(s)5108 pa_parse_fp_format (s)
5109      char **s;
5110 {
5111   int format;
5112 
5113   format = SGL;
5114   if (**s == ',')
5115     {
5116       *s += 1;
5117       if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5118 	{
5119 	  format = SGL;
5120 	  *s += 4;
5121 	}
5122       else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5123 	{
5124 	  format = DBL;
5125 	  *s += 4;
5126 	}
5127       else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5128 	{
5129 	  format = QUAD;
5130 	  *s += 5;
5131 	}
5132       else
5133 	{
5134 	  format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5135 	  as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5136 	}
5137     }
5138 
5139   return format;
5140 }
5141 
5142 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type.  */
5143 
5144 static int
pa_chk_field_selector(str)5145 pa_chk_field_selector (str)
5146      char **str;
5147 {
5148   int middle, low, high;
5149   int cmp;
5150   char name[4];
5151 
5152   /* Read past any whitespace.  */
5153   /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
5154   while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
5155     *str = *str + 1;
5156 
5157   if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
5158     name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5159     name[1] = 0;
5160   else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
5161     name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5162     name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
5163     name[2] = 0;
5164   else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
5165     name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5166     name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
5167     name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]),
5168     name[3] = 0;
5169   else
5170     return e_fsel;
5171 
5172   low = 0;
5173   high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
5174 
5175   do
5176     {
5177       middle = (low + high) / 2;
5178       cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
5179       if (cmp < 0)
5180 	high = middle - 1;
5181       else if (cmp > 0)
5182 	low = middle + 1;
5183       else
5184 	{
5185 	  *str += strlen (name) + 1;
5186 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
5187 	  if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
5188 	    return e_fsel;
5189 #endif
5190 	  return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
5191 	}
5192     }
5193   while (low <= high);
5194 
5195   return e_fsel;
5196 }
5197 
5198 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think).  FIXME.  */
5199 
5200 static int
get_expression(str)5201 get_expression (str)
5202      char *str;
5203 {
5204   char *save_in;
5205   asection *seg;
5206 
5207   save_in = input_line_pointer;
5208   input_line_pointer = str;
5209   seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
5210   if (!(seg == absolute_section
5211 	|| seg == undefined_section
5212 	|| SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
5213     {
5214       as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
5215       expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5216       input_line_pointer = save_in;
5217       return 1;
5218     }
5219   expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5220   input_line_pointer = save_in;
5221   return 0;
5222 }
5223 
5224 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression.  FIXME.  */
5225 static int
pa_get_absolute_expression(insn,strp)5226 pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp)
5227      struct pa_it *insn;
5228      char **strp;
5229 {
5230   char *save_in;
5231 
5232   insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
5233   save_in = input_line_pointer;
5234   input_line_pointer = *strp;
5235   expression (&insn->exp);
5236   /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
5237 
5238      The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways.  Consider
5239      this string "4 %r5"  Is that the number 4 followed by the register
5240      r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
5241 
5242      If we get a modulo expression when looking for an absolute, we try
5243      again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character.  */
5244   if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
5245     {
5246       char *s, c;
5247       int retval;
5248 
5249       input_line_pointer = *strp;
5250       s = *strp;
5251       while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
5252 	s++;
5253 
5254       c = *s;
5255       *s = 0;
5256 
5257       retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
5258 
5259       input_line_pointer = save_in;
5260       *s = c;
5261       return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5262     }
5263   /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
5264      and return to our caller.  */
5265   if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
5266     {
5267       expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5268       input_line_pointer = save_in;
5269       return 0;
5270     }
5271   if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
5272     {
5273       as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
5274       expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5275       input_line_pointer = save_in;
5276       return 0;
5277     }
5278   expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5279   input_line_pointer = save_in;
5280   return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5281 }
5282 
5283 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
5284    the selector FIELD_SELECTOR.  Return the value of the expression.  */
5285 static int
evaluate_absolute(insn)5286 evaluate_absolute (insn)
5287      struct pa_it *insn;
5288 {
5289   offsetT value;
5290   expressionS exp;
5291   int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
5292 
5293   exp = insn->exp;
5294   value = exp.X_add_number;
5295 
5296   return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
5297 }
5298 
5299 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
5300    argument location number.  */
5301 
5302 static unsigned int
pa_build_arg_reloc(type_name)5303 pa_build_arg_reloc (type_name)
5304      char *type_name;
5305 {
5306 
5307   if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
5308     return 0;
5309   if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
5310     return 1;
5311   else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
5312     return 2;
5313   else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
5314     return 3;
5315   else
5316     as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
5317 
5318   return 0;
5319 }
5320 
5321 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
5322    the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc.  */
5323 
5324 static unsigned int
pa_align_arg_reloc(reg,arg_reloc)5325 pa_align_arg_reloc (reg, arg_reloc)
5326      unsigned int reg;
5327      unsigned int arg_reloc;
5328 {
5329   unsigned int new_reloc;
5330 
5331   new_reloc = arg_reloc;
5332   switch (reg)
5333     {
5334     case 0:
5335       new_reloc <<= 8;
5336       break;
5337     case 1:
5338       new_reloc <<= 6;
5339       break;
5340     case 2:
5341       new_reloc <<= 4;
5342       break;
5343     case 3:
5344       new_reloc <<= 2;
5345       break;
5346     default:
5347       as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
5348     }
5349 
5350   return new_reloc;
5351 }
5352 
5353 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n).  Return nonzero if the
5354    completer was found; return zero if no completer was found.  */
5355 
5356 static int
pa_parse_nullif(s)5357 pa_parse_nullif (s)
5358      char **s;
5359 {
5360   int nullif;
5361 
5362   nullif = 0;
5363   if (**s == ',')
5364     {
5365       *s = *s + 1;
5366       if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
5367 	nullif = 1;
5368       else
5369 	{
5370 	  as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
5371 	  nullif = 0;
5372 	}
5373       *s = *s + 1;
5374     }
5375 
5376   return nullif;
5377 }
5378 
5379 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5380    number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer.  */
5381 
5382 static int
pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr(s)5383 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s)
5384      char **s;
5385 {
5386   int cmpltr;
5387   char *name = *s + 1;
5388   char c;
5389   char *save_s = *s;
5390   int nullify = 0;
5391 
5392   cmpltr = 0;
5393   if (**s == ',')
5394     {
5395       *s += 1;
5396       while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5397 	*s += 1;
5398       c = **s;
5399       **s = 0x00;
5400 
5401       if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5402 	{
5403 	  cmpltr = 1;
5404 	}
5405       else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5406 	{
5407 	  cmpltr = 2;
5408 	}
5409       else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5410 	{
5411 	  cmpltr = 3;
5412 	}
5413       else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
5414 	{
5415 	  cmpltr = 4;
5416 	}
5417       else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
5418 	{
5419 	  cmpltr = 5;
5420 	}
5421       else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5422 	{
5423 	  cmpltr = 6;
5424 	}
5425       else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5426 	{
5427 	  cmpltr = 7;
5428 	}
5429       /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5430          completer.  */
5431       else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5432 	{
5433 	  cmpltr = 0;
5434 	  nullify = 1;
5435 	}
5436       else
5437 	{
5438 	  cmpltr = -1;
5439 	}
5440       **s = c;
5441     }
5442 
5443   /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction.  */
5444   if (nullify)
5445     *s = save_s;
5446 
5447   return cmpltr;
5448 }
5449 
5450 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5451    number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer.  */
5452 
5453 static int
pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr(s)5454 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s)
5455      char **s;
5456 {
5457   int cmpltr;
5458   char *name = *s + 1;
5459   char c;
5460   char *save_s = *s;
5461   int nullify = 0;
5462 
5463   cmpltr = 0;
5464   if (**s == ',')
5465     {
5466       *s += 1;
5467       while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5468 	*s += 1;
5469       c = **s;
5470       **s = 0x00;
5471 
5472       if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5473 	{
5474 	  cmpltr = 0;
5475 	}
5476       else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5477 	{
5478 	  cmpltr = 1;
5479 	}
5480       else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5481 	{
5482 	  cmpltr = 2;
5483 	}
5484       else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5485 	{
5486 	  cmpltr = 3;
5487 	}
5488       else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
5489 	{
5490 	  cmpltr = 4;
5491 	}
5492       else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
5493 	{
5494 	  cmpltr = 5;
5495 	}
5496       else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5497 	{
5498 	  cmpltr = 6;
5499 	}
5500       else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5501 	{
5502 	  cmpltr = 7;
5503 	}
5504       /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5505          completer.  */
5506       else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5507 	{
5508 	  cmpltr = 0;
5509 	  nullify = 1;
5510 	}
5511       else
5512 	{
5513 	  cmpltr = -1;
5514 	}
5515       **s = c;
5516     }
5517 
5518   /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction.  */
5519   if (nullify)
5520     *s = save_s;
5521 
5522   return cmpltr;
5523 }
5524 
5525 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
5526    encoding in instructions) of the given completer.
5527 
5528    Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
5529    returned as 8-15.  */
5530 
5531 static int
pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr(s)5532 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (s)
5533      char **s;
5534 {
5535   int cmpltr;
5536   char *name = *s + 1;
5537   char c;
5538 
5539   cmpltr = -1;
5540   if (**s == ',')
5541     {
5542       *s += 1;
5543       while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5544 	*s += 1;
5545       c = **s;
5546       **s = 0x00;
5547 
5548       if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
5549 	{
5550 	  cmpltr = 0;
5551 	}
5552       else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5553 	{
5554 	  cmpltr = 1;
5555 	}
5556       else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5557 	{
5558 	  cmpltr = 2;
5559 	}
5560       else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5561 	{
5562 	  cmpltr = 3;
5563 	}
5564       else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5565 	{
5566 	  cmpltr = 4;
5567 	}
5568       else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
5569 	{
5570 	  cmpltr = 5;
5571 	}
5572       else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
5573 	{
5574 	  cmpltr = 6;
5575 	}
5576       else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
5577 	{
5578 	  cmpltr = 7;
5579 	}
5580       else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
5581 	{
5582 	  cmpltr = 8;
5583 	}
5584       else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5585 	{
5586 	  cmpltr = 9;
5587 	}
5588       else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5589 	{
5590 	  cmpltr = 10;
5591 	}
5592       else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5593 	{
5594 	  cmpltr = 11;
5595 	}
5596       else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5597 	{
5598 	  cmpltr = 12;
5599 	}
5600       else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
5601 	{
5602 	  cmpltr = 13;
5603 	}
5604       else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
5605 	{
5606 	  cmpltr = 14;
5607 	}
5608       else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
5609 	{
5610 	  cmpltr = 15;
5611 	}
5612       else
5613 	{
5614 	  cmpltr = -1;
5615 	}
5616       **s = c;
5617     }
5618 
5619   return cmpltr;
5620 }
5621 
5622 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
5623    (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer.  */
5624 
5625 static int
pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr(s)5626 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (s)
5627      char **s;
5628 {
5629   int cmpltr;
5630   char *name = *s + 1;
5631   char c;
5632 
5633   cmpltr = -1;
5634   if (**s == ',')
5635     {
5636       *s += 1;
5637       while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5638 	*s += 1;
5639       c = **s;
5640       **s = 0x00;
5641 
5642       if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5643 	{
5644 	  cmpltr = 0;
5645 	}
5646       else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5647 	{
5648 	  cmpltr = 1;
5649 	}
5650       else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5651 	{
5652 	  cmpltr = 2;
5653 	}
5654       else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5655 	{
5656 	  cmpltr = 3;
5657 	}
5658       else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5659 	{
5660 	  cmpltr = 4;
5661 	}
5662       else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5663 	{
5664 	  cmpltr = 5;
5665 	}
5666       else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5667 	{
5668 	  cmpltr = 6;
5669 	}
5670       else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5671 	{
5672 	  cmpltr = 7;
5673 	}
5674       else
5675 	{
5676 	  cmpltr = -1;
5677 	}
5678       **s = c;
5679     }
5680 
5681   return cmpltr;
5682 }
5683 
5684 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
5685    (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer.  */
5686 
5687 static int
pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr(s)5688 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (s)
5689      char **s;
5690 {
5691   int cmpltr;
5692   char *name = *s + 1;
5693   char c;
5694   char *save_s = *s;
5695   int nullify = 0;
5696 
5697   cmpltr = 0;
5698   if (**s == ',')
5699     {
5700       *s += 1;
5701       while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5702 	*s += 1;
5703       c = **s;
5704       **s = 0x00;
5705       if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5706 	{
5707 	  cmpltr = 1;
5708 	}
5709       else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5710 	{
5711 	  cmpltr = 2;
5712 	}
5713       else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5714 	{
5715 	  cmpltr = 3;
5716 	}
5717       else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5718 	{
5719 	  cmpltr = 4;
5720 	}
5721       else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
5722 	{
5723 	  cmpltr = 5;
5724 	}
5725       else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5726 	{
5727 	  cmpltr = 6;
5728 	}
5729       else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5730 	{
5731 	  cmpltr = 7;
5732 	}
5733       /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5734          completer.  */
5735       else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5736 	{
5737 	  cmpltr = 0;
5738 	  nullify = 1;
5739 	}
5740       else
5741 	{
5742 	  cmpltr = -1;
5743 	}
5744       **s = c;
5745     }
5746 
5747   /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction.  */
5748   if (nullify)
5749     *s = save_s;
5750 
5751   return cmpltr;
5752 }
5753 
5754 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
5755    (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer.  */
5756 
5757 static int
pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr(s)5758 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (s)
5759      char **s;
5760 {
5761   int cmpltr;
5762   char *name = *s + 1;
5763   char c;
5764   char *save_s = *s;
5765   int nullify = 0;
5766 
5767   cmpltr = 0;
5768   if (**s == ',')
5769     {
5770       *s += 1;
5771       while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5772 	*s += 1;
5773       c = **s;
5774       **s = 0x00;
5775       if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5776 	{
5777 	  cmpltr = 0;
5778 	}
5779       else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5780 	{
5781 	  cmpltr = 1;
5782 	}
5783       else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5784 	{
5785 	  cmpltr = 2;
5786 	}
5787       else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5788 	{
5789 	  cmpltr = 3;
5790 	}
5791       else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5792 	{
5793 	  cmpltr = 4;
5794 	}
5795       else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
5796 	{
5797 	  cmpltr = 5;
5798 	}
5799       else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5800 	{
5801 	  cmpltr = 6;
5802 	}
5803       else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5804 	{
5805 	  cmpltr = 7;
5806 	}
5807       /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5808          completer.  */
5809       else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5810 	{
5811 	  cmpltr = 0;
5812 	  nullify = 1;
5813 	}
5814       else
5815 	{
5816 	  cmpltr = -1;
5817 	}
5818       **s = c;
5819     }
5820 
5821   /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction.  */
5822   if (nullify)
5823     *s = save_s;
5824 
5825   return cmpltr;
5826 }
5827 
5828 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
5829    encoding in instructions) of the given completer.  */
5830 
5831 static int
pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr(s)5832 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (s)
5833      char **s;
5834 {
5835   int cmpltr;
5836   char *name = *s + 1;
5837   char c;
5838   char *save_s = *s;
5839   int nullify = 0;
5840 
5841   cmpltr = 0;
5842   if (**s == ',')
5843     {
5844       *s += 1;
5845       while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5846 	*s += 1;
5847       c = **s;
5848       **s = 0x00;
5849       if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5850 	{
5851 	  cmpltr = 1;
5852 	}
5853       else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5854 	{
5855 	  cmpltr = 2;
5856 	}
5857       else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5858 	{
5859 	  cmpltr = 3;
5860 	}
5861       else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5862 	{
5863 	  cmpltr = 4;
5864 	}
5865       else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5866 	{
5867 	  cmpltr = 5;
5868 	}
5869       else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5870 	{
5871 	  cmpltr = 6;
5872 	}
5873       else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5874 	{
5875 	  cmpltr = 7;
5876 	}
5877       else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5878 	{
5879 	  cmpltr = 8;
5880 	}
5881       else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5882 	{
5883 	  cmpltr = 9;
5884 	}
5885       else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5886 	{
5887 	  cmpltr = 10;
5888 	}
5889       else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5890 	{
5891 	  cmpltr = 11;
5892 	}
5893       else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5894 	{
5895 	  cmpltr = 12;
5896 	}
5897       else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5898 	{
5899 	  cmpltr = 13;
5900 	}
5901       else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5902 	{
5903 	  cmpltr = 14;
5904 	}
5905       else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5906 	{
5907 	  cmpltr = 15;
5908 	}
5909       /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5910          completer.  */
5911       else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5912 	{
5913 	  cmpltr = 0;
5914 	  nullify = 1;
5915 	}
5916       else
5917 	{
5918 	  cmpltr = -1;
5919 	}
5920       **s = c;
5921     }
5922 
5923   /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction.  */
5924   if (nullify)
5925     *s = save_s;
5926 
5927   return cmpltr;
5928 }
5929 
5930 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5931 /* Handle an alignment directive.  Special so that we can update the
5932    alignment of the subspace if necessary.  */
5933 static void
pa_align(bytes)5934 pa_align (bytes)
5935      int bytes;
5936 {
5937   /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
5938   pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5939 
5940   /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work.  */
5941   s_align_bytes (bytes);
5942 
5943   /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5944      alignment if necessary.  */
5945   if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1)
5946     record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes));
5947 }
5948 #endif
5949 
5950 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op.  */
5951 
5952 static void
pa_block(z)5953 pa_block (z)
5954      int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5955 {
5956   unsigned int temp_size;
5957 
5958 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5959   /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
5960   pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5961 #endif
5962 
5963   temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5964 
5965   if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF)
5966     {
5967       as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff"));
5968       temp_size = 0;
5969     }
5970   else
5971     {
5972       /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does.  */
5973       char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL);
5974       *p = 0;
5975     }
5976 
5977   pa_undefine_label ();
5978   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5979 }
5980 
5981 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op.  */
5982 
5983 static void
pa_brtab(begin)5984 pa_brtab (begin)
5985      int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5986 {
5987 
5988 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5989   /* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
5990      the beginning and end of branch tables).  */
5991   char *where = frag_more (0);
5992 
5993   fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5994 		NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5995 		0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5996 		e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5997 #endif
5998 
5999   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6000 }
6001 
6002 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op.  */
6003 
6004 static void
pa_try(begin)6005 pa_try (begin)
6006      int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6007 {
6008 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6009   expressionS exp;
6010   char *where = frag_more (0);
6011 
6012   if (! begin)
6013     expression (&exp);
6014 
6015   /* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
6016      the beginning and end of exception handling regions).  */
6017 
6018   fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6019 		NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
6020 		0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
6021 		e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
6022 #endif
6023 
6024   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6025 }
6026 
6027 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op.  This involves storing away information
6028    about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
6029    (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee.  */
6030 
6031 static void
pa_call(unused)6032 pa_call (unused)
6033      int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6034 {
6035 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6036   /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
6037   pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6038 #endif
6039 
6040   pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
6041   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6042 }
6043 
6044 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
6045    where the caller placed arguments to a function call.  */
6046 
6047 static void
pa_call_args(call_desc)6048 pa_call_args (call_desc)
6049      struct call_desc *call_desc;
6050 {
6051   char *name, c, *p;
6052   unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6053 
6054   while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6055     {
6056       name = input_line_pointer;
6057       c = get_symbol_end ();
6058       /* Process a source argument.  */
6059       if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6060 	{
6061 	  temp = atoi (name + 4);
6062 	  p = input_line_pointer;
6063 	  *p = c;
6064 	  input_line_pointer++;
6065 	  name = input_line_pointer;
6066 	  c = get_symbol_end ();
6067 	  arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6068 	  call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
6069 	}
6070       /* Process a return value.  */
6071       else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
6072 	{
6073 	  p = input_line_pointer;
6074 	  *p = c;
6075 	  input_line_pointer++;
6076 	  name = input_line_pointer;
6077 	  c = get_symbol_end ();
6078 	  arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6079 	  call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
6080 	}
6081       else
6082 	{
6083 	  as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
6084 	}
6085       p = input_line_pointer;
6086       *p = c;
6087       if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6088 	input_line_pointer++;
6089     }
6090 }
6091 
6092 /* Return TRUE if FRAG1 and FRAG2 are the same.  */
6093 
6094 static int
is_same_frag(frag1,frag2)6095 is_same_frag (frag1, frag2)
6096      fragS *frag1;
6097      fragS *frag2;
6098 {
6099 
6100   if (frag1 == NULL)
6101     return (FALSE);
6102   else if (frag2 == NULL)
6103     return (FALSE);
6104   else if (frag1 == frag2)
6105     return (TRUE);
6106   else if (frag2->fr_type == rs_fill && frag2->fr_fix == 0)
6107     return (is_same_frag (frag1, frag2->fr_next));
6108   else
6109     return (FALSE);
6110 }
6111 
6112 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6113 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
6114    attributes in CALL_INFO.  This is not needed for SOM as using
6115    R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
6116    of the unwind spaces.  */
6117 
6118 static void
pa_build_unwind_subspace(call_info)6119 pa_build_unwind_subspace (call_info)
6120      struct call_info *call_info;
6121 {
6122   asection *seg, *save_seg;
6123   subsegT save_subseg;
6124   unsigned int unwind;
6125   int reloc;
6126   char *p;
6127 
6128   if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
6129        & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6130       != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6131     return;
6132 
6133   reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6134   save_seg = now_seg;
6135   save_subseg = now_subseg;
6136   /* Get into the right seg/subseg.  This may involve creating
6137      the seg the first time through.  Make sure to have the
6138      old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done.  */
6139   seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6140   if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6141     {
6142       seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6143       bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6144 			     SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6145 			     | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6146       bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6147     }
6148 
6149   subseg_set (seg, 0);
6150 
6151   /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6152      descriptor.  */
6153   p = frag_more (16);
6154 
6155   /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function.  */
6156   md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6157   fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6158 		call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6159 		(expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6160 		e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6161 
6162   /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6163 
6164      Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6165      reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6166      symbol into the symbol table.  It (should) end up giving the same
6167      value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6168      finished with its work.  */
6169   md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
6170   fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6171 		call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6172 		(expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6173 		e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6174 
6175   /* Dump the descriptor.  */
6176   unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6177   md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
6178 
6179   unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6180   md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
6181 
6182   /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment.  */
6183   subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6184 }
6185 #endif
6186 
6187 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op.  This information is used later
6188    to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6189    .ENTER and .LEAVE.  */
6190 
6191 static void
pa_callinfo(unused)6192 pa_callinfo (unused)
6193      int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6194 {
6195   char *name, c, *p;
6196   int temp;
6197 
6198 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6199   /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
6200   pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6201 #endif
6202 
6203   /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition.  */
6204   if (!within_procedure)
6205     as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6206 
6207   /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6208      current procedure.  */
6209   callinfo_found = TRUE;
6210 
6211   /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments.  */
6212   while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6213     {
6214       name = input_line_pointer;
6215       c = get_symbol_end ();
6216       /* Frame size specification.  */
6217       if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6218 	{
6219 	  p = input_line_pointer;
6220 	  *p = c;
6221 	  input_line_pointer++;
6222 	  temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6223 	  if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6224 	    {
6225 	      as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6226 	      temp = 0;
6227 	    }
6228 
6229 	  /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units.  */
6230 	  last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6231 
6232 	}
6233       /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications.  */
6234       else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6235 	{
6236 	  p = input_line_pointer;
6237 	  *p = c;
6238 	  input_line_pointer++;
6239 	  temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6240 	  /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6241 	     even though %r19 is caller saved.  I think this is a bug in
6242 	     the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it.  */
6243 	  if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6244 	    as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6245 	  last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6246 	}
6247       else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6248 	{
6249 	  p = input_line_pointer;
6250 	  *p = c;
6251 	  input_line_pointer++;
6252 	  temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6253 	  /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6254 	     though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register.  */
6255 	  if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6256 	    as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6257 	  last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6258 	}
6259       else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6260 	{
6261 	  p = input_line_pointer;
6262 	  *p = c;
6263 	  input_line_pointer++;
6264 	  temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6265 	  if (temp != 3)
6266 	    as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6267 	}
6268       /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls.  */
6269       else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6270 	       (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6271 	{
6272 	  p = input_line_pointer;
6273 	  *p = c;
6274 	}
6275       else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6276 	{
6277 	  p = input_line_pointer;
6278 	  *p = c;
6279 	}
6280       /* Should RP be saved into the stack.  */
6281       else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6282 	{
6283 	  p = input_line_pointer;
6284 	  *p = c;
6285 	  last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6286 	}
6287       /* Likewise for SP.  */
6288       else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6289 	{
6290 	  p = input_line_pointer;
6291 	  *p = c;
6292 	  last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6293 	}
6294       /* Is this an unwindable procedure.  If so mark it so
6295          in the unwind descriptor.  */
6296       else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6297 	{
6298 	  p = input_line_pointer;
6299 	  *p = c;
6300 	  last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6301 	}
6302       /* Is this an interrupt routine.  If so mark it in the
6303          unwind descriptor.  */
6304       else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6305 	{
6306 	  p = input_line_pointer;
6307 	  *p = c;
6308 	  last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6309 	}
6310       /* Is this a millicode routine.  "millicode" isn't in my
6311 	 assembler manual, but my copy is old.  The HP assembler
6312 	 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6313 	 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too.  */
6314       else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6315 	{
6316 	  p = input_line_pointer;
6317 	  *p = c;
6318 	  last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6319 	}
6320       else
6321 	{
6322 	  as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6323 	  *input_line_pointer = c;
6324 	}
6325       if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6326 	input_line_pointer++;
6327     }
6328 
6329   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6330 }
6331 
6332 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
6333 /* Switch to the text space.  Like s_text, but delete our
6334    label when finished.  */
6335 static void
pa_text(unused)6336 pa_text (unused)
6337      int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6338 {
6339 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6340   current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6341   current_subspace
6342     = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6343 #endif
6344 
6345   s_text (0);
6346   pa_undefine_label ();
6347 }
6348 
6349 /* Switch to the data space.  As usual delete our label.  */
6350 static void
pa_data(unused)6351 pa_data (unused)
6352      int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6353 {
6354 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6355   current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6356   current_subspace
6357     = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6358 #endif
6359   s_data (0);
6360   pa_undefine_label ();
6361 }
6362 
6363 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6364    the .comm pseudo-op has the following symtax:
6365 
6366    <label> .comm <length>
6367 
6368    where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6369    a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6370    expression.  <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6371    and subspace.
6372 
6373    Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6374 
6375    This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6376    on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm.  colon will set a number
6377    of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here.  In particular
6378    the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc.  What
6379    a pain.
6380 
6381    This also makes error detection all but impossible.  */
6382 
6383 static void
pa_comm(unused)6384 pa_comm (unused)
6385      int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6386 {
6387   unsigned int size;
6388   symbolS *symbol;
6389   label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6390 
6391   if (label_symbol)
6392     symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6393   else
6394     symbol = NULL;
6395 
6396   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6397   size = get_absolute_expression ();
6398 
6399   if (symbol)
6400     {
6401       symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6402       S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6403       S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_com_section_ptr);
6404       S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6405 
6406       /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6407          current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6408          fragment.  We also need to reset the segment pointer.  */
6409       symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6410     }
6411   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6412 }
6413 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */
6414 
6415 /* Process a .END pseudo-op.  */
6416 
6417 static void
pa_end(unused)6418 pa_end (unused)
6419      int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6420 {
6421   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6422 }
6423 
6424 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op.  This is not supported.  */
6425 static void
pa_enter(unused)6426 pa_enter (unused)
6427      int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6428 {
6429 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6430   /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
6431   pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6432 #endif
6433 
6434   as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6435   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6436 }
6437 
6438 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op.  .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6439    procedure.  */
6440 static void
pa_entry(unused)6441 pa_entry (unused)
6442      int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6443 {
6444 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6445   /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
6446   pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6447 #endif
6448 
6449   if (!within_procedure)
6450     as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6451   else
6452     {
6453       if (!callinfo_found)
6454 	as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6455     }
6456   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6457   within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6458 
6459 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6460   /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6461      The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6462      to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6463      for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6464 
6465      FIXME.  ELF should be using the same conventions!  The problem
6466      is an unwind requires too much relocation space.  Hmmm.  Maybe
6467      if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6468      denote the entry and exit points.  */
6469   if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6470     {
6471       char *where;
6472       unsigned int u;
6473 
6474       where = frag_more (0);
6475       u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6476       fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6477 		    NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6478 		    0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
6479     }
6480 #endif
6481 }
6482 
6483 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ.  The only half-sensible use for this is
6484    being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6485    registers, to get the size of the range.  */
6486 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6487 
6488 int
hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute(resultP,op,rightP)6489 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (resultP, op, rightP)
6490      expressionS *resultP;
6491      operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6492      expressionS *rightP;
6493 {
6494   if (fudge_reg_expressions
6495       && rightP->X_op == O_register
6496       && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6497     {
6498       rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6499       resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6500     }
6501   return 0;  /* Continue normal expr handling.  */
6502 }
6503 
6504 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op.  */
6505 
6506 static void
pa_equ(reg)6507 pa_equ (reg)
6508      int reg;
6509 {
6510   label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6511   symbolS *symbol;
6512 
6513   if (label_symbol)
6514     {
6515       symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6516       if (reg)
6517 	{
6518 	  strict = 1;
6519 	  if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6520 	    as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6521 	  S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6522 	  S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6523 	}
6524       else
6525 	{
6526 	  expressionS exp;
6527 	  segT seg;
6528 
6529 	  fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6530 	  seg = expression (&exp);
6531 	  fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6532 	  if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6533 	      && exp.X_op != O_register)
6534 	    {
6535 	      if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6536 		as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6537 	      exp.X_add_number = 0;
6538 	      seg = absolute_section;
6539 	    }
6540 	  S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6541 	  S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6542 	}
6543     }
6544   else
6545     {
6546       if (reg)
6547 	as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6548       else
6549 	as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6550     }
6551 
6552   pa_undefine_label ();
6553   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6554 }
6555 
6556 /* Helper function.  Does processing for the end of a function.  This
6557    usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6558    symbols to mark the end of the function.  */
6559 
6560 static void
process_exit()6561 process_exit ()
6562 {
6563   char *where;
6564 
6565   where = frag_more (0);
6566 
6567 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6568   /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6569      for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6570      to add an entry in the unwind table.  */
6571   hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6572   pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6573 #else
6574   /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6575      The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6576      to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6577      for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6578 
6579      FIXME.  ELF should be using the same conventions!  The problem
6580      is an unwind requires too much relocation space.  Hmmm.  Maybe
6581      if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6582      denote the entry and exit points.  */
6583   fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6584 		NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6585 		NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6586 		UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
6587 #endif
6588 }
6589 
6590 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op.  */
6591 
6592 static void
pa_exit(unused)6593 pa_exit (unused)
6594      int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6595 {
6596 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6597   /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
6598   pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6599 #endif
6600 
6601   if (!within_procedure)
6602     as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6603   else
6604     {
6605       if (!callinfo_found)
6606 	as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6607       else
6608 	{
6609 	  if (!within_entry_exit)
6610 	    as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6611 	  else
6612 	    {
6613 	      within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6614 	      process_exit ();
6615 	    }
6616 	}
6617     }
6618   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6619 }
6620 
6621 /* Process a .EXPORT directive.  This makes functions external
6622    and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6623    to callers.  */
6624 
6625 static void
pa_export(unused)6626 pa_export (unused)
6627      int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6628 {
6629   char *name, c, *p;
6630   symbolS *symbol;
6631 
6632   name = input_line_pointer;
6633   c = get_symbol_end ();
6634   /* Make sure the given symbol exists.  */
6635   if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6636     {
6637       as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6638       p = input_line_pointer;
6639       *p = c;
6640       input_line_pointer++;
6641     }
6642   else
6643     {
6644       /* OK.  Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6645          For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6646          S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6647          Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing.  Manually
6648          set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back.  */
6649       S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6650       symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6651       p = input_line_pointer;
6652       *p = c;
6653       if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6654 	{
6655 	  input_line_pointer++;
6656 	  pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6657 	}
6658     }
6659 
6660   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6661 }
6662 
6663 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op.  */
6664 
6665 static void
pa_type_args(symbolP,is_export)6666 pa_type_args (symbolP, is_export)
6667      symbolS *symbolP;
6668      int is_export;
6669 {
6670   char *name, c, *p;
6671   unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6672   pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6673   asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6674 
6675   if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6676 
6677     {
6678       input_line_pointer += 8;
6679       bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6680       S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6681       type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6682     }
6683   else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6684     {
6685       input_line_pointer += 4;
6686       /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6687          instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6688 
6689          Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6690          done.  Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6691          silently fix them to be ENTRY types.  */
6692       if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6693 	{
6694 	  if (is_export)
6695 	    as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6696 		       S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6697 
6698 	  bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6699 	  type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6700 	}
6701       else
6702 	{
6703 	  bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6704 	  type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6705 	}
6706     }
6707   else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6708     {
6709       input_line_pointer += 4;
6710       bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6711       bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6712       type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6713     }
6714   else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6715     {
6716       input_line_pointer += 5;
6717       bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6718       type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6719     }
6720   else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6721     {
6722       input_line_pointer += 9;
6723       bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6724 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6725       {
6726 	elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6727 	elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6728 	  ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6729 		       STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6730       }
6731 #endif
6732       type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6733     }
6734   else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6735     {
6736       input_line_pointer += 6;
6737       bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6738       type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6739     }
6740   else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6741     {
6742       input_line_pointer += 8;
6743       bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6744       type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6745     }
6746   else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6747     {
6748       input_line_pointer += 8;
6749       bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6750       type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6751     }
6752 
6753   /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6754      than BFD understands.  This is how we get this information
6755      to the SOM BFD backend.  */
6756 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6757   obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6758 #endif
6759 
6760   /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6761      handle any argument relocation information.  */
6762   while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6763     {
6764       if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6765 	input_line_pointer++;
6766       name = input_line_pointer;
6767       c = get_symbol_end ();
6768       /* Argument sources.  */
6769       if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6770 	{
6771 	  p = input_line_pointer;
6772 	  *p = c;
6773 	  input_line_pointer++;
6774 	  temp = atoi (name + 4);
6775 	  name = input_line_pointer;
6776 	  c = get_symbol_end ();
6777 	  arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6778 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6779 	  symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6780 #endif
6781 	  *input_line_pointer = c;
6782 	}
6783       /* The return value.  */
6784       else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6785 	{
6786 	  p = input_line_pointer;
6787 	  *p = c;
6788 	  input_line_pointer++;
6789 	  name = input_line_pointer;
6790 	  c = get_symbol_end ();
6791 	  arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6792 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6793 	  symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6794 #endif
6795 	  *input_line_pointer = c;
6796 	}
6797       /* Privilege level.  */
6798       else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6799 	{
6800 	  p = input_line_pointer;
6801 	  *p = c;
6802 	  input_line_pointer++;
6803 	  temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6804 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6805 	  ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6806 #endif
6807 	  c = get_symbol_end ();
6808 	  *input_line_pointer = c;
6809 	}
6810       else
6811 	{
6812 	  as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6813 	  p = input_line_pointer;
6814 	  *p = c;
6815 	}
6816       if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6817 	input_line_pointer++;
6818     }
6819 }
6820 
6821 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op.  Any symbol referenced in a given
6822    assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6823    explicitly IMPORTED from another.  */
6824 
6825 static void
pa_import(unused)6826 pa_import (unused)
6827      int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6828 {
6829   char *name, c, *p;
6830   symbolS *symbol;
6831 
6832   name = input_line_pointer;
6833   c = get_symbol_end ();
6834 
6835   symbol = symbol_find (name);
6836   /* Ugh.  We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6837      in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6838      (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc).  */
6839   if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6840     {
6841       symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6842       p = input_line_pointer;
6843       *p = c;
6844 
6845       if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6846 	{
6847 	  input_line_pointer++;
6848 	  pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6849 	}
6850       else
6851 	{
6852 	  /* Sigh.  To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help
6853 	     poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6854 	     the current segment.  Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6855 	     matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info.  */
6856 	  if (now_seg == text_section)
6857 	    symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6858 
6859 	  /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6860 	     Since this is an import, leave the section undefined.  */
6861 	  S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6862 	}
6863     }
6864   else
6865     {
6866       /* The symbol was already defined.  Just eat everything up to
6867 	 the end of the current statement.  */
6868       while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6869 	input_line_pointer++;
6870     }
6871 
6872   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6873 }
6874 
6875 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op.  */
6876 
6877 static void
pa_label(unused)6878 pa_label (unused)
6879      int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6880 {
6881   char *name, c, *p;
6882 
6883   name = input_line_pointer;
6884   c = get_symbol_end ();
6885 
6886   if (strlen (name) > 0)
6887     {
6888       colon (name);
6889       p = input_line_pointer;
6890       *p = c;
6891     }
6892   else
6893     {
6894       as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6895     }
6896 
6897   if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6898     {
6899       as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6900       ignore_rest_of_line ();
6901     }
6902   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6903 }
6904 
6905 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op.  This is not supported yet.  */
6906 
6907 static void
pa_leave(unused)6908 pa_leave (unused)
6909      int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6910 {
6911 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6912   /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
6913   pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6914 #endif
6915 
6916   as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6917   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6918 }
6919 
6920 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op.  */
6921 
6922 static void
pa_level(unused)6923 pa_level (unused)
6924      int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6925 {
6926   char *level;
6927 
6928   level = input_line_pointer;
6929   if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6930     {
6931       input_line_pointer += 3;
6932       if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6933 	as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6934     }
6935   else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6936     {
6937       input_line_pointer += 3;
6938       if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6939 	as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6940     }
6941   else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6942     {
6943       input_line_pointer += 4;
6944       if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6945 	as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6946     }
6947   else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6948     {
6949       input_line_pointer += 3;
6950       if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6951 	as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6952     }
6953   else
6954     {
6955       as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6956       ignore_rest_of_line ();
6957     }
6958   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6959 }
6960 
6961 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op.  */
6962 
6963 static void
pa_origin(unused)6964 pa_origin (unused)
6965      int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6966 {
6967 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6968   /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
6969   pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6970 #endif
6971 
6972   s_org (0);
6973   pa_undefine_label ();
6974 }
6975 
6976 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op.  This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6977    is for static functions.  FIXME.  Should share more code with .EXPORT.  */
6978 
6979 static void
pa_param(unused)6980 pa_param (unused)
6981      int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6982 {
6983   char *name, c, *p;
6984   symbolS *symbol;
6985 
6986   name = input_line_pointer;
6987   c = get_symbol_end ();
6988 
6989   if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6990     {
6991       as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6992       p = input_line_pointer;
6993       *p = c;
6994       input_line_pointer++;
6995     }
6996   else
6997     {
6998       S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6999       p = input_line_pointer;
7000       *p = c;
7001       if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7002 	{
7003 	  input_line_pointer++;
7004 	  pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
7005 	}
7006     }
7007 
7008   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7009 }
7010 
7011 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op.  It is used to mark the beginning
7012    of a procedure from a syntactical point of view.  */
7013 
7014 static void
pa_proc(unused)7015 pa_proc (unused)
7016      int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7017 {
7018   struct call_info *call_info;
7019 
7020 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7021   /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
7022   pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7023 #endif
7024 
7025   if (within_procedure)
7026     as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
7027 
7028   /* Reset global variables for new procedure.  */
7029   callinfo_found = FALSE;
7030   within_procedure = TRUE;
7031 
7032   /* Create another call_info structure.  */
7033   call_info = (struct call_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
7034 
7035   if (!call_info)
7036     as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
7037 
7038   memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
7039 
7040   call_info->ci_next = NULL;
7041 
7042   if (call_info_root == NULL)
7043     {
7044       call_info_root = call_info;
7045       last_call_info = call_info;
7046     }
7047   else
7048     {
7049       last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
7050       last_call_info = call_info;
7051     }
7052 
7053   /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
7054 
7055   call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
7056   call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
7057   call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
7058 
7059   /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
7060      locally.  Make sure it gets into the symbol table.  */
7061   {
7062     label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7063 
7064     if (label_symbol)
7065       {
7066 	if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7067 	  {
7068 	    last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7069 	    symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7070 	  }
7071 	else
7072 	  as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7073       }
7074     else
7075       last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
7076   }
7077 
7078   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7079 }
7080 
7081 /* Process the syntactical end of a procedure.  Make sure all the
7082    appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure.  */
7083 
7084 static void
pa_procend(unused)7085 pa_procend (unused)
7086      int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7087 {
7088 
7089 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7090   /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
7091   pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7092 #endif
7093 
7094   /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
7095      defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
7096      label was defined after the .PROC directive.
7097 
7098      Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7099      for the label symbol in this case.  We have already switched
7100      into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point.  */
7101   if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7102     {
7103       label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7104 
7105       if (label_symbol)
7106 	{
7107 	  if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7108 	    {
7109 	      last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7110 	      symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7111 		|= BSF_FUNCTION;
7112 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7113 	      /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7114 		 information when the label appears after the proc/procend.  */
7115 	      if (within_entry_exit)
7116 		{
7117 		  char *where;
7118 		  unsigned int u;
7119 
7120 		  where = frag_more (0);
7121 		  u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7122 		  fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7123 				NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7124 				0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
7125 		}
7126 #endif
7127 	    }
7128 	  else
7129 	    as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7130 	}
7131       else
7132 	as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7133     }
7134 
7135   if (!within_procedure)
7136     as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7137 
7138   if (!callinfo_found)
7139     as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7140 
7141   if (within_entry_exit)
7142     as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7143 
7144 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7145   /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7146      the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table).  */
7147   hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7148 #endif
7149 
7150   within_procedure = FALSE;
7151   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7152   pa_undefine_label ();
7153 }
7154 
7155 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7156 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7157    return log2 (VALUE).  Else return -1.  */
7158 
7159 static int
exact_log2(value)7160 exact_log2 (value)
7161      int value;
7162 {
7163   int shift = 0;
7164 
7165   while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7166     shift++;
7167 
7168   if (shift >= 32)
7169     return -1;
7170   else
7171     return shift;
7172 }
7173 
7174 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace.  */
7175 
7176 static void
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace()7177 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ()
7178 {
7179   if (current_space == NULL)
7180     as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7181 
7182   if (current_subspace == NULL)
7183     as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7184 }
7185 
7186 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7187    then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7188    by the parameters to the .SPACE directive.  */
7189 
7190 static sd_chain_struct *
pa_parse_space_stmt(space_name,create_flag)7191 pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, create_flag)
7192      char *space_name;
7193      int create_flag;
7194 {
7195   char *name, *ptemp, c;
7196   char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7197   int spnum;
7198   asection *seg = NULL;
7199   sd_chain_struct *space;
7200 
7201   /* load default values */
7202   spnum = 0;
7203   sort = 0;
7204   loadable = TRUE;
7205   defined = TRUE;
7206   private = FALSE;
7207   if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7208     {
7209       seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7210       defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7211       private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7212       sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7213       spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7214     }
7215   else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7216     {
7217       seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7218       defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7219       private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7220       sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7221       spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7222     }
7223 
7224   if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7225     {
7226       print_errors = FALSE;
7227       ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7228       /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7229          as a name.  According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7230          the line should be ignored.  */
7231       strict = 0;
7232       pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7233       if (pa_number >= 0)
7234 	{
7235 	  spnum = pa_number;
7236 	  input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7237 	}
7238       else
7239 	{
7240 	  while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7241 	    {
7242 	      input_line_pointer++;
7243 	      name = input_line_pointer;
7244 	      c = get_symbol_end ();
7245 	      if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7246 		{
7247 		  *input_line_pointer = c;
7248 		  input_line_pointer++;
7249 		  spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7250 		}
7251 	      else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7252 		{
7253 		  *input_line_pointer = c;
7254 		  input_line_pointer++;
7255 		  sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7256 		}
7257 	      else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7258 		{
7259 		  *input_line_pointer = c;
7260 		  loadable = FALSE;
7261 		}
7262 	      else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7263 		{
7264 		  *input_line_pointer = c;
7265 		  defined = FALSE;
7266 		}
7267 	      else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7268 		{
7269 		  *input_line_pointer = c;
7270 		  private = TRUE;
7271 		}
7272 	      else
7273 		{
7274 		  as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7275 		  *input_line_pointer = c;
7276 		  if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7277 		    input_line_pointer++;
7278 		}
7279 	    }
7280 	}
7281       print_errors = TRUE;
7282     }
7283 
7284   if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7285     seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7286 
7287   /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7288      the attributes computed above.  Else set the values in
7289      an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7290      the first occurrence of a built-in space.  */
7291   if (create_flag)
7292     space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7293 			      private, sort, seg, 1);
7294   else
7295     {
7296       space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7297       SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7298       SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7299       SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7300     }
7301 
7302 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7303   obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7304 #endif
7305 
7306   return space;
7307 }
7308 
7309 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7310    given space, creating the new space if necessary.  */
7311 
7312 static void
pa_space(unused)7313 pa_space (unused)
7314      int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7315 {
7316   char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7317   sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7318 
7319   if (within_procedure)
7320     {
7321       as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7322       ignore_rest_of_line ();
7323     }
7324   else
7325     {
7326       /* Check for some of the predefined spaces.   FIXME: most of the code
7327          below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7328          and place them into a subroutine or something similar?  */
7329       /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7330 	 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"?  */
7331       if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7332 	{
7333 	  input_line_pointer += 6;
7334 	  sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7335 	  if (sd_chain == NULL)
7336 	    sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7337 	  else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7338 	    sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7339 
7340 	  current_space = sd_chain;
7341 	  subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7342 	  current_subspace
7343 	    = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7344 					 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7345 	  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7346 	  return;
7347 	}
7348       if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7349 	{
7350 	  input_line_pointer += 9;
7351 	  sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7352 	  if (sd_chain == NULL)
7353 	    sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7354 	  else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7355 	    sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7356 
7357 	  current_space = sd_chain;
7358 	  subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7359 	  current_subspace
7360 	    = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7361 					 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7362 	  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7363 	  return;
7364 	}
7365       if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7366 			GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7367 			strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7368 	{
7369 	  input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7370 	  sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7371 	  if (sd_chain == NULL)
7372 	    sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7373 	  else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7374 	    sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7375 
7376 	  current_space = sd_chain;
7377 
7378 	  {
7379 	    asection *gdb_section
7380 	    = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7381 
7382 	    subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7383 	    current_subspace
7384 	      = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7385 					   sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7386 	  }
7387 	  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7388 	  return;
7389 	}
7390 
7391       /* It could be a space specified by number.  */
7392       print_errors = 0;
7393       save_s = input_line_pointer;
7394       strict = 0;
7395       pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7396       if (pa_number >= 0)
7397 	{
7398 	  if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7399 	    {
7400 	      current_space = sd_chain;
7401 
7402 	      subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7403 	      current_subspace
7404 		= pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7405 					     sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7406 	      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7407 	      return;
7408 	    }
7409 	}
7410 
7411       /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space.  */
7412       print_errors = 1;
7413       input_line_pointer = save_s;
7414       name = input_line_pointer;
7415       c = get_symbol_end ();
7416       space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7417       strcpy (space_name, name);
7418       *input_line_pointer = c;
7419 
7420       sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7421       current_space = sd_chain;
7422 
7423       subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7424       current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7425 						  sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7426       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7427     }
7428 }
7429 
7430 /* Switch to a new space.  (I think).  FIXME.  */
7431 
7432 static void
pa_spnum(unused)7433 pa_spnum (unused)
7434      int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7435 {
7436   char *name;
7437   char c;
7438   char *p;
7439   sd_chain_struct *space;
7440 
7441   name = input_line_pointer;
7442   c = get_symbol_end ();
7443   space = is_defined_space (name);
7444   if (space)
7445     {
7446       p = frag_more (4);
7447       md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7448     }
7449   else
7450     as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7451 
7452   *input_line_pointer = c;
7453   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7454 }
7455 
7456 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7457    given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7458 
7459    FIXME.  Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7460    they're broken up into subroutines.  */
7461 
7462 static void
pa_subspace(create_new)7463 pa_subspace (create_new)
7464      int create_new;
7465 {
7466   char *name, *ss_name, c;
7467   char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7468   int i, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7469   sd_chain_struct *space;
7470   ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7471   asection *section;
7472 
7473   if (current_space == NULL)
7474     as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7475 
7476   if (within_procedure)
7477     {
7478       as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7479       ignore_rest_of_line ();
7480     }
7481   else
7482     {
7483       name = input_line_pointer;
7484       c = get_symbol_end ();
7485       ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7486       strcpy (ss_name, name);
7487       *input_line_pointer = c;
7488 
7489       /* Load default values.  */
7490       sort = 0;
7491       access = 0x7f;
7492       loadable = 1;
7493       comdat = 0;
7494       common = 0;
7495       dup_common = 0;
7496       code_only = 0;
7497       zero = 0;
7498       space_index = ~0;
7499       alignment = 1;
7500       quadrant = 0;
7501 
7502       space = current_space;
7503       if (create_new)
7504 	ssd = NULL;
7505       else
7506 	ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7507       /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces.  But
7508          only allow the attributes to be changed once!  */
7509       if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7510 	{
7511 	  subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7512 	  current_subspace = ssd;
7513 	  if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7514 	    as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7515 	  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7516 	  return;
7517 	}
7518       else
7519 	{
7520 	  /* A new subspace.  Load default values if it matches one of
7521 	     the builtin subspaces.  */
7522 	  i = 0;
7523 	  while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7524 	    {
7525 	      if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7526 		{
7527 		  loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7528 		  comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat;
7529 		  common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7530 		  dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7531 		  code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7532 		  zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7533 		  space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7534 		  alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7535 		  quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7536 		  access = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7537 		  sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7538 		  break;
7539 		}
7540 	      i++;
7541 	    }
7542 	}
7543 
7544       /* We should be working with a new subspace now.  Fill in
7545          any information as specified by the user.  */
7546       if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7547 	{
7548 	  input_line_pointer++;
7549 	  while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7550 	    {
7551 	      name = input_line_pointer;
7552 	      c = get_symbol_end ();
7553 	      if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7554 		{
7555 		  *input_line_pointer = c;
7556 		  input_line_pointer++;
7557 		  quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7558 		}
7559 	      else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7560 		{
7561 		  *input_line_pointer = c;
7562 		  input_line_pointer++;
7563 		  alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7564 		  if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1)
7565 		    {
7566 		      as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7567 		      alignment = 1;
7568 		    }
7569 		}
7570 	      else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7571 		{
7572 		  *input_line_pointer = c;
7573 		  input_line_pointer++;
7574 		  access = get_absolute_expression ();
7575 		}
7576 	      else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7577 		{
7578 		  *input_line_pointer = c;
7579 		  input_line_pointer++;
7580 		  sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7581 		}
7582 	      else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7583 		{
7584 		  *input_line_pointer = c;
7585 		  code_only = 1;
7586 		}
7587 	      else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7588 		{
7589 		  *input_line_pointer = c;
7590 		  loadable = 0;
7591 		}
7592 	      else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0))
7593 		{
7594 		  *input_line_pointer = c;
7595 		  comdat = 1;
7596 		}
7597 	      else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7598 		{
7599 		  *input_line_pointer = c;
7600 		  common = 1;
7601 		}
7602 	      else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7603 		{
7604 		  *input_line_pointer = c;
7605 		  dup_common = 1;
7606 		}
7607 	      else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7608 		{
7609 		  *input_line_pointer = c;
7610 		  zero = 1;
7611 		}
7612 	      else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7613 		as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7614 	      else
7615 		as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7616 	      if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7617 		input_line_pointer++;
7618 	    }
7619 	}
7620 
7621       /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7622          in the .subspace directive.  */
7623       applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7624       flags = 0;
7625       if (loadable)
7626 	flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7627       if (code_only)
7628 	flags |= SEC_CODE;
7629 
7630       /* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized
7631 	 common.  The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they
7632 	 have the same "key" symbol name.  This support is more like
7633 	 GNU linkonce than BFD common.  Further, pc-relative relocations
7634 	 are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common
7635 	 sections.  This complicates the handling of relocations in
7636 	 common sections containing text and isn't currently supported
7637 	 correctly in the SOM BFD backend.  */
7638       if (comdat || common || dup_common)
7639 	flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE;
7640 
7641       flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7642 
7643       /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS).  */
7644       if (zero)
7645 	flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7646 
7647       applicable &= flags;
7648 
7649       /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7650          segment already associated with the subspace.
7651 
7652          FIXME NOW!  ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7653          lots of sections.  It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7654          code, I do not know yet.  For now avoid creating anything
7655          but the "standard" sections for ELF.  */
7656       if (create_new)
7657 	section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7658       else if (ssd)
7659 	section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7660       else
7661 	section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7662 
7663       if (zero)
7664 	seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7665 
7666       /* Now set the flags.  */
7667       bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7668 
7669       /* Record any alignment request for this section.  */
7670       record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment));
7671 
7672       /* Set the starting offset for this section.  */
7673       bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7674 			   pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7675 
7676       /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7677          or create a new one.  */
7678       if (ssd)
7679 
7680 	current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7681 					    code_only, comdat, common,
7682 					    dup_common, sort, zero, access,
7683 					    space_index, alignment, quadrant,
7684 					    section);
7685       else
7686 	current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7687 						code_only, comdat, common,
7688 						dup_common, zero, sort,
7689 						access, space_index,
7690 						alignment, quadrant, section);
7691 
7692       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7693       current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7694       subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7695     }
7696   SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7697 }
7698 
7699 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries.  */
7700 
7701 static void
pa_spaces_begin()7702 pa_spaces_begin ()
7703 {
7704   int i;
7705 
7706   space_dict_root = NULL;
7707   space_dict_last = NULL;
7708 
7709   i = 0;
7710   while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7711     {
7712       char *name;
7713 
7714       /* Pick the right name to use for the new section.  */
7715       name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7716 
7717       pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7718       create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7719 			pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7720 			pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7721 			pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7722       i++;
7723     }
7724 
7725   i = 0;
7726   while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7727     {
7728       char *name;
7729       int applicable, subsegment;
7730       asection *segment = NULL;
7731       sd_chain_struct *space;
7732 
7733       /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7734          subsegment number.  */
7735       name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7736       subsegment = 0;
7737 
7738       /* Create the new section.  */
7739       segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7740 
7741       /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7742          sections with our own.   We also want to set BFD flags for
7743 	 all the built-in subspaces.  */
7744       if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7745 	{
7746 	  text_section = segment;
7747 	  applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7748 	  bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7749 				 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7750 					       | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7751 					       | SEC_READONLY
7752 					       | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7753 	}
7754       else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7755 	{
7756 	  data_section = segment;
7757 	  applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7758 	  bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7759 				 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7760 					       | SEC_RELOC
7761 					       | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7762 
7763 	}
7764       else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7765 	{
7766 	  bss_section = segment;
7767 	  applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7768 	  bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7769 				 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7770 	}
7771       else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7772 	{
7773 	  applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7774 	  bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7775 				 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7776 					       | SEC_RELOC
7777 					       | SEC_READONLY
7778 					       | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7779 	}
7780       else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7781 	{
7782 	  applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7783 	  bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7784 				 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7785 					       | SEC_RELOC
7786 					       | SEC_READONLY
7787 					       | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7788 	}
7789       else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7790 	{
7791 	  applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7792 	  bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7793 				 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7794 					       | SEC_RELOC
7795 					       | SEC_READONLY
7796 					       | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7797 	}
7798 
7799       /* Find the space associated with this subspace.  */
7800       space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7801 						 def_space_index].segment);
7802       if (space == NULL)
7803 	{
7804 	  as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7805 		    pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7806 	}
7807 
7808       create_new_subspace (space, name,
7809 			   pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7810 			   pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7811 			   pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat,
7812 			   pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7813 			   pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7814 			   pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7815 			   pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7816 			   pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7817 			   pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7818 			   pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7819 			   pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7820 			   segment);
7821       i++;
7822     }
7823 }
7824 
7825 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7826    by the given parameters.  */
7827 
7828 static sd_chain_struct *
create_new_space(name,spnum,loadable,defined,private,sort,seg,user_defined)7829 create_new_space (name, spnum, loadable, defined, private,
7830 		  sort, seg, user_defined)
7831      char *name;
7832      int spnum;
7833      int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7834      int defined;
7835      int private;
7836      int sort;
7837      asection *seg;
7838      int user_defined;
7839 {
7840   sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7841 
7842   chain_entry = (sd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7843   if (!chain_entry)
7844     as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7845 	      name);
7846 
7847   SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7848   strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7849   SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7850   SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7851   SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7852 
7853   chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7854   chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7855   chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7856   chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7857 
7858   /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key.  */
7859   if (!space_dict_last)
7860     space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7861 
7862   if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7863     space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7864   else
7865     {
7866       sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7867       sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7868 
7869       chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7870       prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7871 
7872       while (chain_pointer)
7873 	{
7874 	  prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7875 	  chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7876 	}
7877 
7878       /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7879          entry.  So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate.  */
7880       if (prev_chain_pointer)
7881 	{
7882 	  chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7883 	  prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7884 	}
7885       else
7886 	{
7887 	  space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7888 	  chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7889 	}
7890 
7891       if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7892 	space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7893     }
7894 
7895   /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7896      modified by the user's input.  Another call is found at
7897      the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7898      the user modifies a predefined space.  */
7899 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7900   obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7901 #endif
7902 
7903   return chain_entry;
7904 }
7905 
7906 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7907    by the given parameters.
7908 
7909    Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7910    order as defined by the SORT entries.  */
7911 
7912 static ssd_chain_struct *
create_new_subspace(space,name,loadable,code_only,comdat,common,dup_common,is_zero,sort,access,space_index,alignment,quadrant,seg)7913 create_new_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, comdat, common,
7914 		     dup_common, is_zero, sort, access, space_index,
7915 		     alignment, quadrant, seg)
7916      sd_chain_struct *space;
7917      char *name;
7918      int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7919      int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7920      int comdat, common, dup_common;
7921      int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7922      int sort;
7923      int access;
7924      int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7925      int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7926      int quadrant;
7927      asection *seg;
7928 {
7929   ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7930 
7931   chain_entry = (ssd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7932   if (!chain_entry)
7933     as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7934 
7935   SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7936   strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7937 
7938   /* Initialize subspace_defined.  When we hit a .subspace directive
7939      we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes.  */
7940   SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7941 
7942   chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7943   chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7944   chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7945 
7946   /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key.  */
7947   if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7948     space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7949   else
7950     {
7951       ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7952       ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7953 
7954       chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7955       prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7956 
7957       while (chain_pointer)
7958 	{
7959 	  prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7960 	  chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7961 	}
7962 
7963       /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry.  Insert it and update
7964          the links.  */
7965       if (prev_chain_pointer)
7966 	{
7967 	  chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7968 	  prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7969 	}
7970       else
7971 	{
7972 	  space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7973 	  chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7974 	}
7975     }
7976 
7977 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7978   obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access, sort,
7979 				 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
7980 #endif
7981 
7982   return chain_entry;
7983 }
7984 
7985 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7986    various arguments.   Return the modified subspace chain entry.  */
7987 
7988 static ssd_chain_struct *
update_subspace(space,name,loadable,code_only,comdat,common,dup_common,sort,zero,access,space_index,alignment,quadrant,section)7989 update_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common,
7990 		 sort, zero, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, section)
7991      sd_chain_struct *space;
7992      char *name;
7993      int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7994      int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7995      int comdat;
7996      int common;
7997      int dup_common;
7998      int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7999      int sort;
8000      int access;
8001      int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8002      int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8003      int quadrant;
8004      asection *section;
8005 {
8006   ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
8007 
8008   chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
8009 
8010 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
8011   obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access, sort,
8012 				 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
8013 #endif
8014 
8015   return chain_entry;
8016 }
8017 
8018 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
8019    NULL if no such space exists.  */
8020 
8021 static sd_chain_struct *
is_defined_space(name)8022 is_defined_space (name)
8023      char *name;
8024 {
8025   sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
8026 
8027   for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
8028        chain_pointer;
8029        chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
8030     {
8031       if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
8032 	return chain_pointer;
8033     }
8034 
8035   /* No mapping from segment to space was found.  Return NULL.  */
8036   return NULL;
8037 }
8038 
8039 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg.  If no mapping
8040    from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
8041 
8042    Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
8043    so a linear exhaustive search is OK here.  */
8044 
8045 static sd_chain_struct *
pa_segment_to_space(seg)8046 pa_segment_to_space (seg)
8047      asection *seg;
8048 {
8049   sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8050 
8051   /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping.  */
8052   for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8053        space_chain;
8054        space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8055     {
8056       if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8057 	return space_chain;
8058     }
8059 
8060   /* Mapping was not found.  Return NULL.  */
8061   return NULL;
8062 }
8063 
8064 /* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name
8065    NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists.
8066 
8067    When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to
8068    the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations.
8069    For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non
8070    COMDAT data.
8071 
8072    Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
8073    not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
8074    own subspace.  */
8075 
8076 static ssd_chain_struct *
is_defined_subspace(name)8077 is_defined_subspace (name)
8078      char *name;
8079 {
8080   sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8081   ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8082 
8083   /* Walk through each space.  */
8084   for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8085        space_chain;
8086        space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8087     {
8088       /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches.  */
8089       for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8090 	   subspace_chain;
8091 	   subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8092 	if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
8093 	  return subspace_chain;
8094     }
8095 
8096   /* Subspace wasn't found.  Return NULL.  */
8097   return NULL;
8098 }
8099 
8100 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg.  If no
8101    mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
8102 
8103    If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
8104    (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
8105    to become more efficient.  */
8106 
8107 static ssd_chain_struct *
pa_subsegment_to_subspace(seg,subseg)8108 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (seg, subseg)
8109      asection *seg;
8110      subsegT subseg;
8111 {
8112   sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8113   ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8114 
8115   /* Walk through each space.  */
8116   for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8117        space_chain;
8118        space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8119     {
8120       if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8121 	{
8122 	  /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8123 	     the correct mapping.  */
8124 	  for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8125 	       subspace_chain;
8126 	       subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8127 	    if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8128 	      return subspace_chain;
8129 	}
8130     }
8131 
8132   /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found.  Return NULL.  */
8133   return NULL;
8134 }
8135 
8136 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8137 
8138    Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8139    that was found or NULL on failure.  */
8140 
8141 static sd_chain_struct *
pa_find_space_by_number(number)8142 pa_find_space_by_number (number)
8143      int number;
8144 {
8145   sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8146 
8147   for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8148        space_chain;
8149        space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8150     {
8151       if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8152 	return space_chain;
8153     }
8154 
8155   /* No appropriate space found.  Return NULL.  */
8156   return NULL;
8157 }
8158 
8159 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace.  If the starting
8160    address is unknown then return zero.  */
8161 
8162 static unsigned int
pa_subspace_start(space,quadrant)8163 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)
8164      sd_chain_struct *space;
8165      int quadrant;
8166 {
8167   /* FIXME.  Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8168      is not correct for the PA OSF1 port.  */
8169   if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8170     return 0x40000000;
8171   else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8172     return 0x40000000;
8173   else
8174     return 0;
8175   return 0;
8176 }
8177 #endif
8178 
8179 /* Helper function for pa_stringer.  Used to find the end of
8180    a string.  */
8181 
8182 static unsigned int
pa_stringer_aux(s)8183 pa_stringer_aux (s)
8184      char *s;
8185 {
8186   unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8187 
8188   switch (c)
8189     {
8190     case '\"':
8191       c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8192       break;
8193     default:
8194       break;
8195     }
8196   return c;
8197 }
8198 
8199 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op.  */
8200 
8201 static void
pa_stringer(append_zero)8202 pa_stringer (append_zero)
8203      int append_zero;
8204 {
8205   char *s, num_buf[4];
8206   unsigned int c;
8207   int i;
8208 
8209   /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8210      For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8211      changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number.  */
8212 
8213 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8214   /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
8215   pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8216 #endif
8217 
8218   /* Skip the opening quote.  */
8219   s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8220 
8221   while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8222     {
8223       if (c == '\\')
8224 	{
8225 	  c = *s;
8226 	  switch (c)
8227 	    {
8228 	      /* Handle \x<num>.  */
8229 	    case 'x':
8230 	      {
8231 		unsigned int number;
8232 		int num_digit;
8233 		char dg;
8234 		char *s_start = s;
8235 
8236 		/* Get past the 'x'.  */
8237 		s++;
8238 		for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8239 		     num_digit < 2
8240 		     && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8241 			 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8242 		     num_digit++)
8243 		  {
8244 		    if (ISDIGIT (dg))
8245 		      number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8246 		    else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8247 		      number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8248 		    else
8249 		      number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8250 
8251 		    s++;
8252 		    dg = *s;
8253 		  }
8254 		if (num_digit > 0)
8255 		  {
8256 		    switch (num_digit)
8257 		      {
8258 		      case 1:
8259 			sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8260 			break;
8261 		      case 2:
8262 			sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8263 			break;
8264 		      }
8265 		    for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8266 		      s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8267 		  }
8268 		break;
8269 	      }
8270 	    /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char.  */
8271 	    default:
8272 	      s++;
8273 	      break;
8274 	    }
8275 	}
8276     }
8277   stringer (append_zero);
8278   pa_undefine_label ();
8279 }
8280 
8281 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op.  */
8282 
8283 static void
pa_version(unused)8284 pa_version (unused)
8285      int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8286 {
8287   obj_version (0);
8288   pa_undefine_label ();
8289 }
8290 
8291 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8292 
8293 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op.  */
8294 
8295 static void
pa_compiler(unused)8296 pa_compiler (unused)
8297      int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8298 {
8299   obj_som_compiler (0);
8300   pa_undefine_label ();
8301 }
8302 
8303 #endif
8304 
8305 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op.  */
8306 
8307 static void
pa_copyright(unused)8308 pa_copyright (unused)
8309      int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8310 {
8311   obj_copyright (0);
8312   pa_undefine_label ();
8313 }
8314 
8315 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8316    the latest space label.  */
8317 
8318 static void
pa_cons(nbytes)8319 pa_cons (nbytes)
8320      int nbytes;
8321 {
8322   cons (nbytes);
8323   pa_undefine_label ();
8324 }
8325 
8326 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label.  */
8327 
8328 static void
pa_float_cons(float_type)8329 pa_float_cons (float_type)
8330      int float_type;
8331 {
8332   float_cons (float_type);
8333   pa_undefine_label ();
8334 }
8335 
8336 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished.  */
8337 
8338 static void
pa_fill(unused)8339 pa_fill (unused)
8340      int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8341 {
8342 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8343   /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
8344   pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8345 #endif
8346 
8347   s_fill (0);
8348   pa_undefine_label ();
8349 }
8350 
8351 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished.  */
8352 
8353 static void
pa_lcomm(needs_align)8354 pa_lcomm (needs_align)
8355      int needs_align;
8356 {
8357 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8358   /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
8359   pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8360 #endif
8361 
8362   s_lcomm (needs_align);
8363   pa_undefine_label ();
8364 }
8365 
8366 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished.  */
8367 
8368 static void
pa_lsym(unused)8369 pa_lsym (unused)
8370      int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8371 {
8372 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8373   /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
8374   pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8375 #endif
8376 
8377   s_lsym (0);
8378   pa_undefine_label ();
8379 }
8380 
8381 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8382    adjusted.  This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8383    relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8384 
8385    "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8386    globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8387    an entry in the DLT table.  The entries contain the address of
8388    the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8389    with the address of "foo").
8390 
8391    Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8392    when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8393    $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8394 
8395    The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8396    any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8397    selectors).
8398 
8399    ??? Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8400    reductions make life a living hell for object file editors.  */
8401 
8402 int
hppa_fix_adjustable(fixp)8403 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixp)
8404      fixS *fixp;
8405 {
8406 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8407   reloc_type code;
8408 #endif
8409   struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8410 
8411   hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8412 
8413 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8414   /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation
8415      types.  We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below)
8416      even if they occur with a different selector.  */
8417   code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type,
8418 		  		    hppa_fix->fx_r_format,
8419 				    hppa_fix->fx_r_field);
8420 
8421   switch (code)
8422     {
8423     /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel.  */
8424     case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
8425     case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
8426     case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
8427     case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L:
8428 
8429     /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel.  */
8430     case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
8431     case R_PARISC_DIR14DR:
8432     case R_PARISC_DIR14WR:
8433     case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
8434     case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
8435     case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR:
8436     case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR:
8437     case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
8438     case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR:
8439     case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR:
8440     case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R:
8441     case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR:
8442     case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR:
8443 
8444     /* Other types that we reject for reduction.  */
8445     case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
8446     case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8447       return 0;
8448     default:
8449       break;
8450     }
8451 #endif
8452 
8453   /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8454      the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8455 
8456      XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8457      for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8458      supported using the optimizing hp linker.  */
8459   if (fixp->fx_addsy
8460       && fixp->fx_subsy
8461       && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8462     return 0;
8463 
8464   /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8465 
8466      If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8467      adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8468      the start of the section.  Additionally, the linker has no choice
8469      but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8470      "ld -r".  Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8471      addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8472      it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8473      sum to the right value.
8474 
8475      eg. Suppose we have
8476      .		ldil	LR%foo+0,%r21
8477      .		ldw	RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8478      .		ldw	RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8479 
8480      If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8481      reducing to the section symbol we get
8482      .			LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8483      .			RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8484      .			RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8485      and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8486      multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8487 
8488      In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8489      will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8490      addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8491      linker bug.  ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8492      above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one.  */
8493 
8494   if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8495       || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8496       || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8497     return 0;
8498 
8499   /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8500      relocations with plabels.  */
8501   if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8502       || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8503       || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8504       || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8505       || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8506       || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8507     return 0;
8508 
8509   /* Reject absolute calls (jumps).  */
8510   if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8511     return 0;
8512 
8513   /* Reject reductions of function symbols.  */
8514   if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8515     return 0;
8516 
8517   return 1;
8518 }
8519 
8520 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8521    even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8522    within GAS.  */
8523 
8524 int
hppa_force_relocation(fixp)8525 hppa_force_relocation (fixp)
8526      struct fix *fixp;
8527 {
8528   struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8529 
8530   hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8531 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8532   if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8533       || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8534       || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8535       || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8536       || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8537       || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8538       || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8539 	  && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8540     return 1;
8541 #endif
8542 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8543   if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8544       || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8545     return 1;
8546 #endif
8547 
8548   assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8549 
8550   /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8551      linking works.  */
8552   if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1))
8553     return 1;
8554 
8555   /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8556      entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
8557      call stub.  */
8558   if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8559       && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8560 				hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8561     return 1;
8562 
8563   /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub.  */
8564   if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8565     {
8566       long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp);
8567       valueT distance, min_stub_distance;
8568 
8569       distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8;
8570 
8571       /* Distance to the closest possible stub.  This will detect most
8572 	 but not all circumstances where a stub will not work.  */
8573       min_stub_distance = pc + 16;
8574 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8575       if (last_call_info != NULL)
8576 	min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol);
8577 #endif
8578 
8579       if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8580 	   && min_stub_distance <= 8388608)
8581 	  || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17
8582 	      && distance + 262144 >= 524288
8583 	      && min_stub_distance <= 262144)
8584 	  || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12
8585 	      && distance + 8192 >= 16384
8586 	      && min_stub_distance <= 8192)
8587 	  )
8588 	return 1;
8589     }
8590 
8591   if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8592     return 1;
8593 
8594   /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted.  */
8595   return 0;
8596 }
8597 
8598 /* Now for some ELF specific code.  FIXME.  */
8599 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8600 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
8601    the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing.  */
8602 
8603 static void
hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function()8604 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ()
8605 {
8606   /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations.  All we do is create a
8607      temporary symbol marking the end of the function.  */
8608   char *name;
8609 
8610   if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
8611     {
8612       /* We have already warned about a missing label,
8613 	 or other problems.  */
8614       return;
8615     }
8616 
8617   name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
8618 			   + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
8619 			   + 1);
8620   if (name)
8621     {
8622       symbolS *symbolP;
8623 
8624       strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
8625       strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
8626 
8627       /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
8628 	 symbol will have already been defined.  */
8629       symbolP = symbol_find (name);
8630       if (symbolP)
8631 	{
8632 	  /* The symbol has already been defined!  This can
8633 	     happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
8634 
8635 	     This is *not* an error.  All we want to do is free
8636 	     the memory we just allocated for the name and continue.  */
8637 	  xfree (name);
8638 	}
8639       else
8640 	{
8641 	  /* symbol value should be the offset of the
8642 	     last instruction of the function */
8643 	  symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
8644 				frag_now);
8645 
8646 	  assert (symbolP);
8647 	  S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
8648 	  symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
8649 	}
8650 
8651       if (symbolP)
8652 	last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
8653       else
8654 	as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
8655 
8656     }
8657   else
8658     as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
8659 
8660 }
8661 
8662 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose:  to setup the st_size
8663    field of STT_FUNC symbols.  To do this, we need to scan the
8664    call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8665    difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols.  */
8666 
8667 void
elf_hppa_final_processing()8668 elf_hppa_final_processing ()
8669 {
8670   struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8671 
8672   for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8673        call_info_pointer;
8674        call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8675     {
8676       elf_symbol_type *esym
8677 	= ((elf_symbol_type *)
8678 	   symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8679       esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8680 	S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8681 	- S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8682     }
8683 }
8684 
8685 static void
pa_vtable_entry(ignore)8686 pa_vtable_entry (ignore)
8687      int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8688 {
8689   struct fix *new_fix;
8690 
8691   new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8692 
8693   if (new_fix)
8694     {
8695       struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8696 	obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8697       hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8698       hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8699       hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8700       hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8701       hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8702       new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8703       new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8704     }
8705 }
8706 
8707 static void
pa_vtable_inherit(ignore)8708 pa_vtable_inherit (ignore)
8709      int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8710 {
8711   struct fix *new_fix;
8712 
8713   new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8714 
8715   if (new_fix)
8716     {
8717       struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8718 	obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8719       hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8720       hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8721       hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8722       hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8723       hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8724       new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8725       new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8726     }
8727 }
8728 #endif
8729